As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2020
Securities Act Registration No. 333-234772
Investment Company Registration No. 811-23493
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER | ||
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ☒ | |
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 | ☒ | |
Post-Effective Amendment No. | ☐ | |
and/or | ||
REGISTRATION STATEMENT | ||
UNDER | ||
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | ☒ | |
Amendment No. 4 | ☒ |
COHEN & STEERS TAX-ADVANTAGED PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(212) 832-3232
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
Dana A. DeVivo, Esq.
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc.
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 832-3232
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
With Copies to:
Michael G. Doherty, Esq. | Clifford R. Cone, Esq. | |
Ropes & Gray LLP | Jefferey D. LeMaster, Esq. | |
1211 Avenue of the Americas | Clifford Chance US LLP | |
New York, New York 10036 | 31 West 52nd Street | |
New York, New York 10019 |
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box ☐
If any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto, check the following box ☐
If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box ☐
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
☐ |
when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c) of the Securities Act |
Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:
☒ | Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”)). | |
☐ | Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act. | |
☐ | Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act). | |
☐ | A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form). | |
☐ | Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act). | |
☐ | Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934). | |
☐ | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. | |
☒ | New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing). |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
|
||||||||
Title of Securities Being Registered |
Amount Being
Registered |
Proposed
Maximum
|
Proposed
Offering Price |
Amount of
Registration Fee |
||||
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $0.001 par value |
57,500,000.00 | $25.00 | $1,437,500,000.00* | $156,831.25** | ||||
|
||||||||
|
* |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. |
** |
$129.80 of which has previously been paid |
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATES AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated October 26, 2020
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Common Shares
$25 per Share
The Fund. Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund, a Maryland statutory trust (the “Fund”), is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.
Investment Objectives and Policies. The Fund’s primary investment objective is high current income. The Fund’s secondary investment objective is capital appreciation. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing at least 80% of its managed assets (i.e., net assets plus assets obtained through leverage) in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available over-the-counter. In pursuing its investment objectives, the Fund seeks to achieve favorable after-tax returns for its shareholders by seeking to minimize the U.S. federal income tax consequences on income generated by the Fund. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
(continued on inside front cover)
No Prior Trading History. Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares of beneficial interest, $.001 par value per share (“Common Shares”), have no history of public trading. The shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which creates a risk of loss for investors purchasing shares in the initial public offering. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the initial public offering.
The Fund expects its Common Shares to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PTA.”
Investment in the Fund’s Common Shares involves substantial risks arising from, among other strategies, the Fund’s ability to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade or unrated but determined by Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Investment Manager”) to be of comparable quality, the Fund’s exposure to foreign and emerging markets securities denominated in U.S. or non-U.S. currencies, and the Fund’s anticipated use of leverage. Below investment grade securities are regarded as having increased risk with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” securities. The Fund’s exposure to foreign securities, particularly to emerging markets securities, involves special risks, including currency risk and the risk that the securities may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information, or economic and financial instability. Because of the risks associated with investing in high yield securities, foreign and emerging market securities and using leverage, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative. Before buying any of the Fund’s Common Shares, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Fund in “Principal Risks of the Fund” beginning on page 65 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share |
Total(1) |
|||
Public offering price |
$25.00 | $ | ||
Sales load(2) |
None |
None | ||
Estimated offering expenses |
None | None | ||
Proceeds to Fund(3) |
$25.00 | $ |
(notes on following page)
The underwriters expect to deliver Common Shares to purchasers on or about , 2020.
Morgan Stanley | BofA Securities | UBS Investment Bank | ||||
Oppenheimer & Co. | RBC Capital Markets | Stifel |
B. Riley Securities | Brookline Capital Markets | D.A. Davidson & Co. | HilltopSecurities |
Incapital |
Janney Montgomery Scott | JonesTrading | Ladenburg Thalmann | Maxim Group LLC |
Newbridge Securities Corporation | Pershing LLC | The GMS Group, LLC | US Capital Advisors | Wedbush Securities Inc. |
The date of this prospectus is , 2020.
(notes from previous page)
(1) |
The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional Common Shares at the public offering price within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price and proceeds to the Fund will be $ and $ respectively. See “Underwriters.” |
(2) |
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets compensation of $0.75 per Common Share to the underwriters in connection with the offering and, separately, an upfront structuring and syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, an upfront structuring fee to BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate) and UBS Securities LLC, an upfront fee to each of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters and other dealers a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or other additional compensation in connection with the offering. These fees and compensation are not reflected under “Sales Load” or “Estimated Offering Expenses” in the table above because they are entirely paid by the Investment Manager (and not the Fund). See “Underwriters.” |
(3) |
The Investment Manager has agreed to pay all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with the offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Investment Manager. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.” |
(continued from previous page)
Investment Portfolio. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available over-the-counter (“OTC”). Such securities include traditional preferred securities; hybrid-preferred securities that have investment and economic characteristics of both preferred stock and debt securities; floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities; fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities; convertible securities; contingent capital securities (“CoCos”); and securities of other closed-end, open-end, or exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein. To the extent the Fund invests in securities of other closed-end, open-end, or ETFs, the Fund will consider the investments of these funds, to the extent known by the Fund, in determining compliance with this policy. The Fund may also invest in restricted securities including securities that are issued in private placements, securities that are only eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (referred to as Rule 144A Securities) and securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued without registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. “Managed Assets” are the Fund’s net assets, plus the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of preferred shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund (“Reverse Repurchase Agreements”).
The Fund also will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including real estate investment trusts) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. The Investment Manager retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including securities issued by companies domiciled in emerging market countries. Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of industrialization, with lower gross national products per capita than more developed countries. The Investment Manager may hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure.
The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. Below investment grade securities are also known as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of
interest and repayment of principal. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager.
The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument, without limitation, including various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate and currency hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate and foreign currency risk inherent in the Fund’s investments.
The Fund is non-diversified and as a result may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. As a result, changes in the value of a single investment could cause greater fluctuations in the Fund’s share price than would occur in a more diversified fund.
There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. See “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Principal Risks of the Fund.”
Leverage. The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will generally utilize leverage in an amount equal to 331⁄3% of Managed Assets (under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund may borrow in an amount up to 331⁄3% of its Managed Assets as measured immediately after such borrowing) through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and/or the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”). The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities. The Fund may borrow in both U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, and may use derivatives and other transactions to seek to manage any interest rate risk or currency exposure associated with its use of leverage. See “Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk.” Although the Fund currently does not intend to do so, the Fund also may use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as measured immediately after such issuance. In addition to Borrowings and the issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund may enter into certain investment management strategies, such as Reverse Repurchase Agreements or derivatives transactions (collectively, “effective leverage”), to achieve leverage. The Fund considers effective leverage to result from any investment strategy which is used to increase gross investment exposure in excess of the Fund’s net asset value. Effective leverage does not include exposure obtained for hedging purposes, from securities lending, or to manage the Fund’s interest rate exposure. The Fund will not enter into any leverage transaction if, immediately after such transaction, the Fund’s total leverage including any Borrowings and Preferred Shares and effective leverage incurred, exceeds 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. Although certain derivatives transactions are not treated as leverage for purposes of the limits set forth above, these transactions may be considered a form of economic leverage and may be subject to the risks associated with the use of leverage. See “Use of Leverage” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.”
Limited Term. In accordance with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), the Fund intends to terminate as of the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects to occur on or about October 27, 2032 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) may, by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and satisfying the 75% Requirement, as defined later in this prospectus (a “Board Action Vote”), without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional one year, to a date up to and including two years after the initial Dissolution Date, which date shall then become the Dissolution Date. On or before the Dissolution Date, the Fund will cease its investment operations, retire or redeem its leverage facilities, liquidate its investment portfolio (to the extent possible) and distribute all its net assets to holders of common shares (“Common Shareholders”) of record in one or more distributions on or after the Dissolution Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees may determine, by a Board Action Vote, to cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date (as may be extended as described above), to all Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). The Board of Trustees has established that the Fund must have at least $200 million of net assets immediately following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer to ensure the continued viability of the Fund (the “Dissolution Threshold”). In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all Common Shares held by each Common Shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer, and the Fund will terminate as scheduled. If an Eligible Tender Offer is conducted and the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date without shareholder approval and cause the Fund to have a perpetual existence.
Depending on a variety of factors, including the performance of the Fund’s investment portfolio over the period of its operations, the amount distributed to Common Shareholders in connection with the Fund’s termination or paid to participating Common Shareholders upon completion of an Eligible Tender Offer may be less, and potentially significantly less, than an investor’s original investment. Additionally, given the nature of certain of the Fund’s investments, the amount actually distributed upon the Fund’s termination may be less than the Fund’s net asset value per share on the termination date, and the amount actually paid upon completion of an Eligible Tender Offer may be less than the Fund’s initial public offering price per Common Share. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks.”
The Board of Trustees may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date.
Distributions. The Fund intends to make monthly cash distributions at a level rate to Common Shareholders. In addition, on an annual basis, the Fund intends to distribute in the last calendar quarter realized net capital gains, if any. Our monthly distributions may include return of capital, which represents a return of a shareholder’s original investment in the Fund. See “Dividends and Distributions.”
Investment Manager. Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., a registered investment advisor located at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, was formed in 1986, and its clients include pension plans, endowment funds and investment companies, including open-end and closed-end funds. As of August 31, 2020, the Investment Manager managed approximately $72.1 billion in assets. The Investment Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cohen & Steers, Inc., a publicly traded company whose common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “CNS.”
This prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Fund you should know before investing. You should read the prospectus carefully before deciding whether to invest, and should retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2020 (the “SAI”), as supplemented from time to time, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI by calling 800-330-7348. You also may call to request the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports (when available) or other information about the Fund, and to make shareholder inquires. The Fund makes available the SAI and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports (when available), free of charge, at www.cohenandsteers.com. You may also obtain the SAI and other information regarding the Fund on the SEC website (http://www.sec.gov).
The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website at www.cohenandsteers.com, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.
If you have already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from a Fund electronically anytime by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, by signing up at www.cohenandsteers.com.
You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, you can call (866) 227-0757 to let the Fund know you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all Funds held in your account if you invest through your financial intermediary or all Funds held within the fund complex if you invest directly with the Fund.
1 | ||||
48 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
61 | ||||
65 | ||||
80 | ||||
84 | ||||
85 | ||||
87 | ||||
89 | ||||
90 | ||||
90 | ||||
93 | ||||
96 | ||||
99 | ||||
101 | ||||
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT AND REGISTRAR |
105 | |||
105 | ||||
105 |
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition, and prospects may have changed since that date.
This is only a summary. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund’s (the “Fund”) common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”). You should review carefully the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”), especially the information set forth under the heading “Principal Risks of the Fund” on page 65 of this prospectus.
The Fund |
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund simply as the “Fund” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Fund.” |
The Offering |
The Fund is offering Common Shares through a group of underwriters led by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC (the “Underwriters”). The Underwriters have been granted an option to purchase up to additional Common Shares solely to cover overallotments, if any. See “Underwriters.” The initial public offering price is $25 per Common Share. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,500) in order to participate in this offering. Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Investment Manager”) has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Investment Manager. |
Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer |
In accordance with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), the Fund intends to terminate as of the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects to occur on or about October 27, 2032 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) may, by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and satisfying the 75% Requirement, as defined later in this prospectus (a “Board Action Vote”), without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional one year, to a date up to and including two years after the initial Dissolution Date, which date shall then become the Dissolution Date. In determining whether to extend the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may consider the inability to sell the Fund’s assets in a timeframe consistent with dissolution due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board of Trustees may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Fund’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Fund. On or before the Dissolution Date, the Fund will cease its investment |
1
operations, retire or redeem its leverage facilities, liquidate its investment portfolio (to the extent possible) and distribute all its net assets to Common Shareholders of record in one or more distributions on or after the Dissolution Date. |
Beginning one year before the Dissolution Date (the “Wind-Down Period”), the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and may deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objectives. During the Wind-Down Period (or in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer, as defined below), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described below, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affects the Fund’s performance. |
As of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may determine, by a Board Action Vote, to cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer to all holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). The Board of Trustees has established that the Fund must have at least $200 million of net assets immediately following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer to ensure the continued viability of the Fund (the “Dissolution Threshold”). In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all Common Shares held by each Common Shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, and no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer. Instead, the Fund will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate as scheduled on or about the Dissolution Date. The Eligible Tender Offer would be made, and Common Shareholders would be notified thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the applicable tender offer rules thereunder (including Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act). If the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. In addition, |
2
the Fund would continue to be subject to its obligations with respect to its issued and outstanding borrowings, preferred stock or debt securities, if any. Regardless of whether the Eligible Tender Offer is completed or canceled, the Investment Manager will pay all costs and expenses associated with the making of an Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with the disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Fund and its Common Shareholders. |
Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date without shareholder approval and cause the Fund to have a perpetual existence. In determining whether to eliminate the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may consider market conditions at such time and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Trustees in consultation with the Investment Manager, taking into account that the Investment Manager may have a potential conflict of interest in recommending to the Board of Trustees that the limited term structure be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence. In making a decision to eliminate the Dissolution Date to provide for the Fund’s perpetual existence, the Board of Trustees will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Fund as it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to a perpetual structure. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer or exchange their Common Shares for the then-existing NAV per Common Share. |
All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, the resulting reduction in the number of outstanding Common Shares could cause the Common Shares to become more thinly traded or otherwise adversely impact the secondary market trading of such Common Shares. |
Depending on a variety of factors, including the performance of the Fund’s investment portfolio over the period of its operations, the amount distributed to Common Shareholders in connection with the Fund’s termination or paid to participating Common Shareholders upon completion of an Eligible Tender Offer may be less, and |
3
potentially significantly less, than an investor’s original investment. Additionally, given the nature of certain of the Fund’s investments, the amount actually distributed upon the Fund’s termination may be less than the Fund’s net asset value per share on the termination date, and the amount actually paid upon completion of an Eligible Tender Offer may be less than the Fund’s initial public offering price per Common Share. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks.” |
The Board of Trustees may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks.” |
Investment Objectives and Policies |
Investment Objectives. The Fund’s primary investment objective is high current income. The Fund’s secondary investment objective is capital appreciation. In pursuing its investment objectives, the Fund seeks to achieve favorable after-tax returns for its shareholders by seeking to minimize the U.S. federal income tax consequences on income generated by the Fund. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the SAI, the Fund’s investment objectives and investment policies are considered non-fundamental and may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. However, the Fund’s investment objectives and its policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets (defined below) in preferred and other income securities may only be changed upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Fund’s shareholders. See “Investment Objectives and Policies.” |
Investment Policies. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available over-the-counter (“OTC”). Such securities include traditional preferred securities; hybrid-preferred securities that have investment and economic characteristics of both preferred stock and debt securities; floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities; fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities; convertible securities; contingent capital securities (“CoCos”); and securities of other closed-end, open-end or exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein. To the extent the Fund invests in securities of other closed-end, open-end, or ETFs, the Fund will consider the investments of these funds, to the extent known by the Fund, in determining compliance |
4
with this policy. The Fund may also invest in restricted securities including securities that are issued in private placements, securities that are only eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (referred to as Rule 144A Securities) and securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued without registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. “Managed Assets” are the Fund’s net assets, plus the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of preferred shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund (“Reverse Repurchase Agreements”). |
The Fund also will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”)) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. The Investment Manager retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including securities issued by companies domiciled in emerging market countries. Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of industrialization, with lower gross national products per capita than more developed countries. The Investment Manager may hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure. |
The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. Below investment grade securities are also known as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below |
5
investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged, at the time of investment, to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager. |
The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument, without limitation, including various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate and currency hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate and foreign currency risk inherent in the Fund’s investments. |
The Fund is non-diversified and as a result may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. As a result, changes in the value of a single investment could cause greater fluctuations in the Fund’s share price than would occur in a more diversified fund. |
See “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Principal Risks of the Fund” below. |
Investment Portfolio |
The Fund pursues its investment objectives primarily by investing in issues of preferred and other income securities the Investment Manager believes to be undervalued relative to credit quality and other investment characteristics. In making this determination, the Investment Manager evaluates the fundamental characteristics of an issuer, including, among other characteristics, an issuer’s creditworthiness, and also takes into account prevailing market factors. In analyzing credit quality, the Investment Manager considers not only fundamental analysis but also an issuer’s corporate and capital structure and the placement of the preferred or income securities within that structure. The Investment Manager may rely primarily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual securities considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) or third-party research. This aspect of the Investment Manager’s capabilities will be particularly important to the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade or unrated securities and in securities of non-U.S. issuers. In evaluating relative value, the Investment Manager also takes into account call, conversion and other structural security features, in addition to such factors as the likely directions of credit ratings and relative value versus other income security classes. |
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of preferred and other income |
6
securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available OTC. Such securities may include: |
• |
Traditional preferred securities; |
• |
Hybrid-preferred securities that have investment and economic characteristics of both preferred stock and debt securities; |
• |
Floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities; |
• |
Fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities; |
• |
CoCos; |
• |
Convertible securities; and |
• |
Securities of other closed-end funds, open-end funds, or ETFs that invest primarily in preferred and/or income securities as described herein. |
These securities may be across a wide range of sectors, industries and countries. The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common stocks, up to 20% of its Managed Assets in government securities (not including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities), up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities, up to 20% of its Managed Assets in CoCos, up to 25% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities and up to 15% of its Managed Assets in securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries; however, under normal circumstances the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in mortgage-backed, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities (including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities). |
On an overall basis, the Fund seeks to implement an investment strategy designed to minimize the U.S. federal income tax consequences on income generated by the Fund. The Fund seeks to accomplish this primarily by (i) investing in dividend-paying securities that are eligible to pay dividends that qualify for U.S. federal income taxation at rates applicable to long-term capital gain (“tax-advantaged dividends”), and complying with the holding period and other requirements for such favorable tax treatment; and (ii) offsetting any ordinary income and realized short-term capital gain against Fund expenses and realized short-term loss. |
Primary Investment Strategies and Techniques |
Preferred Securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities, traditional preferred securities and hybrid-preferred securities. |
7
Traditional preferred securities are perpetual and equity-like in nature. They may be issued by an entity taxable as a corporation and pay fixed or floating rate dividends. “Preference” means that a company must pay dividends on its preferred securities before paying any dividends on its common stock, and the claims of preferred securities holders are ahead of common stockholders’ claims on assets in a corporate liquidation or bankruptcy. However, these claims are subordinated to more senior creditors, including senior debt holders. Holders of preferred securities usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Preferred securities share many investment characteristics with both common stock and bonds; therefore, the risks and potential rewards of investing in the Fund may at times be similar to the risks of investing in both equity funds and bond funds. |
Hybrid-preferred securities are debt instruments that have characteristics similar to those of traditional preferred securities. Hybrid preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trustor partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid preferred holders generally have claims to assets in a corporate liquidation that are senior to those of traditional preferred securities but subordinate to those of senior debt holders. Certain subordinated debt and senior debt issues that have preferred characteristics are also considered to be part of the broader preferred securities market. |
The Fund intends to invest in both OTC and exchange-traded preferred securities. OTC issues are often referred to in the industry as “capital securities.” |
Floating rate preferred securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the securities. The terms of such securities provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as a change in the short-term interest rate. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floating rate securities provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, although the interest rates of floating rate securities will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. |
Debt Securities. Debt securities in which the Fund may invest include fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations, including U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, |
8
U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers and debt obligations denominated in foreign currencies. Such debt obligations include, among others, bonds, notes, debentures and variable rate demand notes, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Such corporate debt securities are fixed- or floating-rate securities issued by businesses to finance their operations. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. |
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt or perpetual preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. In some cases, conversion may be mandatory. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and hybrid and synthetic securities combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock, until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. |
Contingent Capital Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in CoCos. CoCos are debt or preferred securities with loss absorption characteristics that provide for an automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of securities or the mandatory conversion into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances. A mandatory conversion might be automatically triggered, for instance, if a company fails to meet the capital minimum described in the security, the company’s regulator makes a determination that the security should convert, or the company receives specified levels of extraordinary public support. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor (worsening the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy). In addition, some CoCos provide for an automatic write-down of capital under such circumstances. |
In one version of a CoCo, the security has loss absorption characteristics whereby the liquidation value of the security may be adjusted downward to below the original par value (even to zero) under certain circumstances. The write down of the par value would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders to seek bankruptcy of the company. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Such securities may, but are not required to, provide for circumstances under which the |
9
liquidation value may be adjusted back up to par, such as an improvement in capitalization and/or earnings. |
Another version of a CoCo provides for mandatory conversion of the security into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, some such instruments have a set stock conversion rate that would cause an automatic write-down if the price of the common stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date. |
An automatic write-down or conversion event is typically triggered by a reduction in the capital level of the issuer, but may also be triggered by regulatory actions (e.g., a change in capital requirements) or by other factors. |
Concentration in Financials Sector. The Fund will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including REITs) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. The Investment Manager retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries. |
Investment Grade and Below Investment Grade Securities. The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. The determination of whether a security is deemed investment grade or below investment grade will be determined at the time of investment. A security will be considered to be investment grade if it is rated as such by one NRSRO (for example minimum Baa3 or BBB- by Moody’s or S&P, respectively) or, if unrated, is judged to be investment grade by the Investment Manager. Below investment grade quality securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment |
10
Manager, are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of interest and repayment of principal. |
Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities and Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including up to 15% of Managed Assets in securities of companies domiciled in emerging markets. Many foreign companies issue both foreign currency and U.S. dollar-denominated preferred and debt securities. Those securities that are traded in the United States have characteristics that are similar to traditional and hybrid preferred securities. The Fund may also invest in securities of foreign companies in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”). Generally, ADRs in registered form are dollar-denominated securities designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, which represent and may be converted into an underlying foreign security. GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use outside the United States. EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in the European securities markets. The Fund may invest in foreign issuers in both developed and emerging markets. |
Derivatives. The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument including, without limitation, various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions, such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investments, and foreign currency hedging transactions in order to reduce foreign currency exchange rate risks from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies (including to hedge against anticipated future changes which otherwise might adversely affect the prices of securities that the Fund intends to purchase at a later date). Derivative instruments, or “derivatives,” include instruments and contracts which are derived from and are valued in relation to one or more underlying interest rates, currencies, securities, financial benchmarks or indexes and include, without limitation, swap agreements (including credit default swaps), futures contracts, forward contracts, options on futures or forward contracts, and listed or OTC put or call options on, or linked to the value of, any security, index or basket of securities, commodity or index or basket of commodities or other reference asset. Derivatives typically allow an investor to hedge or speculate upon the price movements of a particular interest rate, currency, security, financial benchmark or index at a fraction of the cost of |
11
acquiring or borrowing the underlying asset. The value of a derivative depends largely upon price movements in the underlying asset. |
An interest rate swap involves the exchange of cash flows based on interest rate specifications and a specified principal amount, often a fixed payment for a floating payment that is linked to an interest rate. In an interest rate cap, one party receives payments at the end of each period in which a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount exceeds an agreed rate; conversely, in an interest rate floor one party may receive payments if a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount falls below an agreed rate. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor, or vice versa, to protect a fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. |
A foreign currency forward contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price on a future date which is individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and their customers. A foreign currency futures contract is an exchange-traded contract for the purchase or sale of a specified foreign currency at a specified price at a future date. A foreign currency swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange principal and interest payments on a loan made in one currency for principal and interest payments of a loan of equal value in another currency. The Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, foreign currency futures contract or foreign currency swap, or purchase a currency option, for example, when it enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or expects to receive a dividend or interest payment on a portfolio holding, in order to “lock in” the U.S. dollar value of the security or payment. In addition, the Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, futures contract or swap or purchase a currency option in respect of a currency which acts as a proxy for a currency in which the Fund’s portfolio holdings or anticipated holdings are denominated. This second investment practice is generally referred to as “cross-hedging.” The Fund may also conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market. |
The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or character of the Fund’s distributions. To the extent any derivatives would be deemed to be illiquid, they will be included in the Fund’s maximum limitation of 25% of net assets invested in illiquid securities. |
Rule 144A Securities. Certain securities in which the Fund may invest are Rule 144A Securities. Rule 144A Securities are considered restricted securities because they are not registered for sale to the general public and may only be resold to certain qualified institutional buyers. |
12
Regulation S Securities. The Fund may invest in the securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued through non-U.S. offerings without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Offerings of Regulation S securities may be conducted outside of the United States. Because Regulation S securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, certain Regulation S securities may be considered illiquid. |
Short Sales. The Fund may enter into short sales, provided the dollar amount of short sales at any time would not exceed 25% of the Managed Assets of the Fund. The Fund must designate collateral consisting of cash or liquid portfolio securities with a value equal to the current market value of the shorted securities, which is marked-to-market daily. If the Fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issuer as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short (which sales are commonly referred to as short sales against the box), the above requirements are not applicable. |
Other Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including open-end funds, closed-end funds or ETFs, that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein, to the extent permitted under Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the rules promulgated thereunder, or any exemption granted to the Fund under the 1940 Act. The Fund also may invest in other funds either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive opportunities in the market. An investment in the shares of another fund is subject to the risks associated with that fund’s portfolio securities. To the extent the Fund invests in shares of another fund, Common Shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of that fund’s expenses, including advisory fees, brokerage and distribution expenses. These fees and expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Fund’s own operations. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other funds. The securities of other funds may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to similar leverage risks to which the Fund is subject. As described in the sections entitled “Use of Leverage” and “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk,” the NAV and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Other funds may have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund. In addition, to the extent the Fund invests in other funds, the Fund will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Investment Manager. |
13
Additional Investment Strategies and Techniques |
Common Stock. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common stocks, which represent residual ownership interest in issuers and include rights or warrants to purchase common stocks. Holders of common stocks are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuers after all debt obligations and obligations to preferred shareholders are satisfied. Common stocks generally have voting rights. Common stocks fluctuate in price in response to many factors including historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in declines or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. The value of such securities also may decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or an increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, their value may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. |
Government Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities (not including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities) or by a non-U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities include bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, as well as “stripped” or “zero coupon” U.S. Treasury obligations representing future interest or principal payments on U.S. Treasury notes or bonds. Stripped securities are sold at a discount to their “face value,” and may exhibit greater price volatility than interest-bearing securities because investors receive no payment until maturity. Other obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. The U.S. government may choose not to provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities if it is not legally obligated to do so, in which case, if the issuer were to default, the Fund might not be able to recover its investment from the U.S. government. |
The Fund’s investments in debt securities of foreign (non-U.S.) government or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities (together, “Foreign Government Securities”) can involve a high degree of risk. The foreign governmental entity that controls the repayment of debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and pay the interest when due in accordance with |
14
the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay the interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Foreign governmental entities also may be dependent on expected disbursements from other governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the foreign governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, foreign governmental entities may default on their debt. Holders of Foreign Government Securities may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt. These risks are particularly severe with respect to the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities of emerging market countries. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign (Non-U.S.) and Emerging Market Securities Risk.” Among other risks, if the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities issued by an emerging market country need to be liquidated quickly, the Fund could sustain significant transaction costs. Also, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth, and which may in turn diminish the value of the Fund’s holdings in emerging market Foreign Government Securities and the currencies in which they are denominated and/or pay revenues. |
Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities, which includes debt obligations of states, territories or possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which municipal securities may be issued include the refunding of outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities. |
15
The two major classifications of municipal securities are bonds and notes. Bonds may be further classified as “general obligation” or “revenue” issues. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities, and in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, but not from the general taxing power. Most notes are general obligations of the issuing municipalities or agencies and are sold in anticipation of a bond sale, collection of taxes or receipt of other revenues. There are, of course, variations in the risks associated with municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications. Although issued by governments and their agencies and instrumentalities, municipal securities are subject to default risk. The Fund does not anticipate meeting the requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to pass through income from municipal securities as tax free to shareholders. |
Investments in municipal securities may be affected significantly by economic, regulatory or political developments affecting the ability of an issuer to pay interest or repay principal. Certain issuers have experienced serious financial difficulties in the past and a reoccurrence of these difficulties may impair the ability of certain issuers to pay principal or interest on their obligations. |
New Issues and Follow-On Offerings. In addition to purchasing securities in the secondary market, the Fund intends to seek investment opportunities in new issues and follow-on or secondary offerings of preferred and debt securities, including such opportunities in, among other things, U.S. and/or foreign (non-U.S.) markets, restricted securities (including securities that are issued in private placements and securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act and OTC transactions). The Investment Manager, as an institutional investor, may have access to new issues and secondary offerings that may not be fully available to retail investors. By investing in such offerings, the Investment Manager may be able to secure favorable terms for the Fund, such as attractive pricing relative to other securities available in the secondary market. The Investment Manager has developed relationships with issuers and underwriters that it believes could afford the Fund competitive advantages in evaluating and managing these investment opportunities in preferred securities. |
Illiquid Securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in investments that may be illiquid (i.e., securities that may be difficult to sell at a desirable time or price). The Investment Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any security held by the Fund. The Investment Manager will consider factors such as (i) the nature of the market for a security |
16
(including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security; and the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments) and (iii) other permissible relevant factors. |
Temporary Defensive Positions. For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, and following the offering of the Common Shares pending investment in securities that meet the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, cash equivalents, government securities and short-term fixed-income securities. When and to the extent the Fund assumes a temporary defensive position, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objectives. |
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities. Under normal circumstances the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in mortgage-backed, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities (including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities). Mortgage-related securities include mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBSs”), mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in or are secured by and payable from mortgage loans on real property. These securities may be issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities or may be issued by private organizations. One type of SMBS has one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or IO class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal only, or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. |
Other asset-backed securities may be structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements and from sales of personal property. Regular payments received in respect of such securities include both interest and principal. Asset-backed securities typically have no U.S. Government backing. Additionally, the ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. |
17
There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objectives will be achieved. For additional information about the Fund’s portfolio composition, see “Investment Objectives and Policies.” |
Use of Leverage |
The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will generally utilize leverage in an amount equal to 331⁄3% of Managed Assets (under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund may borrow in an amount up to 331⁄3% of its Managed Assets as measured immediately after such borrowing) through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and/or the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”). The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities. The Fund may borrow in both U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, and may use derivatives and other transactions to manage any interest rate risk or currency exposure associated with its use of leverage. Borrowing in non-U.S. currencies will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk.” The Investment Manager may, but is not required to, engage in forward currency contracts, short sales or other transactions to hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure. Although the Fund currently does not intend to do so, the Fund also may use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as measured immediately after such issuance. In addition to Borrowings and the issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund may enter into certain investment management strategies, such as Reverse Repurchase Agreements or derivatives transactions (collectively, “effective leverage”), to achieve leverage. |
The Fund considers effective leverage to result from any investment strategy which is used to increase gross investment exposure in excess of the Fund’s net asset value. Effective leverage does not include exposure obtained for hedging purposes, from securities lending, or to manage the Fund’s interest rate exposure. The Fund will not enter into any leverage transaction if, immediately after such transaction, the Fund’s total leverage including any Borrowings and Preferred Shares and effective leverage incurred exceeds 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. It is possible that after entering into a leveraging transaction, the assets of the Fund decline due to market conditions such that this 50% limit will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to Common Shareholders will increase. The Fund does not currently anticipate issuing any Preferred Shares and/or debt securities other than Borrowings. |
There is no assurance that the Fund will utilize leverage or, if leverage is utilized, that it will be successful in enhancing the level of |
18
its cash distributions or total return. The NAV of the Common Shares may be reduced by the issuance or incurrence costs of any leverage. Through leveraging, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not utilize leverage. Leverage is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs associated with leverage. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. When leverage is used, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. In addition, because the fees received by the Investment Manager are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund (including the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares, if any, the principal amount of outstanding Borrowings and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements), the Investment Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage (e.g., Borrowings, Preferred Shares and Reverse Repurchase Agreements), which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk”. |
In order to seek to reduce interest rate risk if the Fund engages in leverage through Borrowings, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions as to all or a portion of Fund leverage. The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. In an interest rate swap, the Fund would agree to pay to the other party to the interest rate swap (which is known as the “counterparty”) a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate the Fund’s variable rate payment obligation on leverage. See “Use of Leverage—Interest Rate Transactions.” |
So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then-current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause Common Shareholders to realize higher current net investment income than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, to the extent that the then current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. The use by the Fund of leverage through Reverse Repurchase Agreements involves additional risks, including the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price, the risk that the Fund will be required to sell securities at inopportune times or prices |
19
in order to repay leverage and the risk that the counterparty may be unable to return the securities to the Fund. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk.” |
Investment Manager |
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. is the investment manager of the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”). The Investment Manager was formed in 1986, and as of August 31, 2020 had $72.1 billion in assets under management. Its clients include pension plans, endowment funds and registered investment companies, including some of the largest open-end and closed-end real estate funds. The Investment Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cohen & Steers, Inc., a publicly traded company whose common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “CNS.” The Investment Manager will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement.” The Investment Manager will have responsibility for providing administrative services and assisting the Fund with operational needs pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). The Fund also has entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company to perform certain administrative functions subject to the supervision of the Investment Manager. See “Management of the Fund—Administration and Co-Administration Agreement.” |
Fees and Expenses |
The Fund will pay the Investment Manager a monthly fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Manager.” If the Fund utilizes leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for investment advisory and management services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares outstanding, if any, the principal amount of outstanding Borrowings and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses are paid only by the Common Shareholders, and not by holders of Preferred Shares, if any. See “Use of Leverage.” |
Listing and Symbol |
The Fund expects its Common Shares to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PTA.” |
Market Price of Shares; Not Intended for All Investors |
Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than NAV and during other periods traded at prices lower than NAV. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. In addition to NAV, market price may |
20
be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any leverage used by the Fund, levels of interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. See “Use of Leverage,” “Principal Risks of the Fund,” “Principal Risks of the Fund—Risk of Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value,” “Description of Shares” and “Repurchase of Shares”. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors who are able to bear the risks of investing in the Fund, and should not be treated as short-term trading vehicles and should not be purchased by investors who are not able to bear such risks. |
Dividends and Distributions |
Subject to the determination of the Fund’s Board of Trustees to implement a Managed Dividend Policy (as defined below), commencing with the Fund’s first regular distribution, the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at a level rate based on the projected performance of the Fund, which rate is a fixed dollar amount which may be adjusted from time to time (a “Level Rate Distribution Policy”). The Fund currently expects that it will seek, subject to market conditions and the composition of its investment portfolio, for all or almost all of its distributions of net investment income to be treated as qualified dividend income (“QDI”). However, not all income distributions may qualify for treatment as QDI. The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot be determined finally until after the end of that taxable year. Over time, the Fund will distribute all of its net investment income. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute all of its net realized capital gains. The Fund expects to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Common Shares within approximately 45 days, and to pay approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of this offering depending on market conditions. At times, to maintain a stable level of distributions, the Fund may pay out less than all of its net investment income or, in addition to paying out current net investment income, the Fund may pay out accumulated undistributed income, or may return capital. |
The Fund may rely on an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) received by the Investment Manager and certain closed-end funds managed by the Investment Manager to implement a dividend policy that would permit the Fund to include long-term capital gains in Fund distributions more frequently than is permitted under the 1940 Act (a “Managed Dividend Policy”). If, for any distribution, net investment income and |
21
net realized capital gains were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets and may constitute a return of capital, which is tax-free to the Common Shareholders, up to the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the applicable Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of such Common Shares. |
A Level Rate Distribution Policy or a Managed Dividend Policy would result in the payment of distributions in approximately the same amount or percentage to Common Shareholders each month. If the source of the dividend or other distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, Common Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure regarding dividends or other distributions carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net profits. See “Dividends and Distributions.” |
Dividend Reinvestment Plan |
The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Each Common Shareholder who participates in the Plan will have all distributions of dividends automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares. Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash. Shareholders whose Common Shares are held in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan. See “Dividends and Distributions—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” and “Taxation.” |
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar |
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) will act as custodian and Computershare Inc. (“Computershare”) will act as transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Fund. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar.” |
Principal Risks of the Fund |
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. |
No Operating History. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Common Shares have no history of public trading. See “The Fund.” |
22
Risk of Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of this offering. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the shares will depend not upon the Fund’s NAV but entirely upon whether the market price of the shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the shares. Because the market price of the shares will be determined by factors such as relative supply of and demand for shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Investment Manager cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV, or at below or above the initial public offering price. |
Investment Risk. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. |
Market Risk. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the preferred securities, debt securities and other investments owned by the Fund. The value of these securities, like other investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Fund may utilize leverage, which magnifies this risk. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than what you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk.” |
Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks. Unless the limited term provision of the Declaration of Trust is amended by the Board of Trustees and the shareholders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust, or unless the Fund completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Fund will terminate on or about the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extension as described under “Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer”). The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund as its investment objective is not to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon dissolution or in an Eligible Tender Offer. |
23
Because the assets of the Fund will be liquidated in connection with the dissolution, the Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to the Dissolution Date and may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Fund to lose money. In particular, the Fund’s portfolio may still have large exposures to illiquid securities as the Dissolution Date approaches, and losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. During the Wind-Down Period, the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and may not achieve its investment objective. As a result, during the Wind-Down Period, the Fund’s distributions may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. It is expected that Common Shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund, regardless of their participation in the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. However, if on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities for which no market exists or securities that are trading at depressed prices, such securities may be placed in a liquidating trust. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust. The Fund may receive proceeds from the disposition of portfolio investments that are less than the valuations of such investments by the Fund and, in particular, losses from the disposition of illiquid securities may be significant. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Fund could also cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the NAV and market price of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Fund to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses. |
Moreover, in conducting such portfolio transactions, the Fund may need to deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s portfolio composition may change as its portfolio holdings mature or are called or sold in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date. During such period(s), it is possible that the Fund will hold a greater percentage of its total assets in shorter term and lower yielding securities and cash and cash equivalents than it would otherwise, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and adversely impact the Fund’s performance and distributions to Common Shareholders, which may in turn adversely impact the market value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Fund may be required to reduce its leverage, which could also adversely impact its performance. The additional cash or cash equivalents held by the Fund could be obtained through reducing the Fund’s distributions to Common Shareholders and/or holding cash in lieu of reinvesting, which could limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities |
24
having a maturity date prior to or around the Dissolution Date, which may exacerbate the foregoing risks and considerations. A Common Shareholder may be subject to the foregoing risks over an extended period of time, particularly if the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer and is also subsequently terminated by or around the Dissolution Date. |
If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Fund. In addition, the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Fund’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The risks related to the disposition of securities in connection with the Fund’s dissolution also would be present in connection with the disposition of securities in connection with an Eligible Tender Offer. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Fund will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. The tax effect of any such dispositions of portfolio investments will depend on the difference between the price at which the investments are sold and the tax basis of the Fund in the investments. Any capital gains recognized on such dispositions, as reduced by any capital losses the Fund realizes in the year of such dispositions and by any available capital loss carryforwards, will be distributed to shareholders as capital gain dividends (to the extent of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) or ordinary dividends (to the extent of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) during or with respect to such year, and such distributions will generally be taxable to Common Shareholders. If the Fund’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Fund will recognize capital gains, which the Fund will be required to distribute to Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. See “Taxation.” |
The purchase of Common Shares by the Fund pursuant to a tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Fund of non-tendering Common Shareholders. All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer may be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment |
25
performance. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also cause Common Shares to become thinly traded or otherwise negatively impact secondary trading of Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Furthermore, the portfolio of the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer could be significantly different and, therefore, Common Shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund could be subject to greater risk. For example, the Fund may be required to sell its more liquid, higher quality portfolio investments to purchase Common Shares that are tendered in an Eligible Tender Offer, which would leave a less liquid, lower quality portfolio for remaining shareholders. The prospects of an Eligible Tender Offer may attract arbitrageurs who would purchase the Common Shares prior to the tender offer for the sole purpose of tendering those shares which could have the effect of exacerbating the risks described herein for shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer. |
The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that the number of tendered Common Shares would not result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extensions of no more than two years in total). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the number of tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, the Board of Trustees may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date without shareholder approval. Thereafter, the Fund will have a perpetual term. The Investment Manager may have a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board that the Dissolution Date be eliminated because the Investment Manager would continue to receive management fees on the remaining assets of the Fund while it remains in existence. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV, and as a result remaining Common Shareholders may only be able to sell their Shares at a discount to NAV. |
Preferred Securities Risk. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities. There are various risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including those described below. In addition, the on-going COVID-19 outbreak has |
26
increased certain risks associated with investing in preferred securities. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak could be short- or long-term and the full impact to financial markets is not yet known. See “Geopolitical Risk” below for additional information regarding the COVID-19 outbreak. |
• |
Deferral and Omission Risk. Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer or omit distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. In certain cases, deferring or omitting distributions may be mandatory. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income. In addition, recent changes in bank regulations may increase the likelihood for issuers to defer or omit distributions. |
• |
Credit and Subordination Risk. Credit risk is the risk that a preferred security in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or the issuer of the security will fail to make dividend, interest or principal payments when due because the issuer experiences a decline in its financial status. Preferred securities are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments. |
• |
Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that preferred securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such securities generally will fall, and therefore the Fund may underperform during periods of rising interest rates. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of government monetary policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Preferred securities without maturities or with longer periods before maturity may be more sensitive to interest rate changes. |
• |
Prepayment and Extension Risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other factors will result in the call (repayment) of a preferred security more quickly than expected, such that the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities, or that expectations of such early call will negatively impact the market price of the security. Extension risk is the risk that changes in the interest rates or credit spreads may result in diminishing call expectations, which can cause prices to fall. |
27
• |
Floating-Rate and Fixed-to-Floating-Rate Securities Risk. The market value of floating-rate securities is a reflection of discounted expected cash flows based on expectations for future interest rate resets. The market value of such securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset. This risk may also be present with respect to fixed-to-floating-rate securities in which the Fund may invest. A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate securities will decline due to lower coupon payments on floating-rate securities. |
• |
Call, Reinvestment and Income Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer may be able to exercise an option to redeem its issue at par earlier than scheduled which is generally known as call risk. Recent regulatory changes may increase call risk with respect to certain types of preferred securities. If this occurs, the Fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as reinvestment risk. Preferred securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to repurchase the security prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem preferred securities if the issuer can refinance the preferred securities at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer, or in the event of regulatory changes affecting the capital treatment of a security. Another risk associated with a declining interest rate environment is that the income from the Fund’s portfolio may decline over time when the Fund invests the proceeds from new share sales at market rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. |
• |
Liquidity Risk. Certain preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books. |
• |
Limited Voting Rights Risk. Generally, traditional preferred securities offer no voting rights with respect to the issuer unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board of directors. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. Hybrid-preferred security holders generally have no voting rights. |
• |
Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a |
28
specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may have a negative impact on the return of the security held by the Fund. See “Call, Reinvestment and Income Risk” above and “Regulatory Risk” below. |
• |
New Types of Securities. From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities and contingent capital securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Investment Manager believes that doing so would be consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility. |
See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Preferred Securities Risk” below. |
Debt Securities Risk. Debt securities generally present two primary types of risk—credit risk, which refers to the possibility that the issuer of a security will not be able to make payments of interest and principal when due, and interest rate risk, which is the risk that debt securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. Debt securities also are subject to other similar risks as preferred securities, including call risk, extension risk and liquidity risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Debt Securities Risk” below. |
Risk of Concentration in the Financials Sector. Because the Fund invests 25% of more of its total assets in the financials sector (and may invest a substantial portion of its assets in the financial sector, including in one or more industries in the financial sector), it will be more susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting this sector, such as changes in interest rates, loan concentration, regulation and competition. In many countries, companies in the financials sector are regulated by governmental entities, which can increase costs for new services or products and make it difficult to pass increased costs on to consumers. In certain areas, deregulation of financial companies has resulted in increased competition and reduced profitability for certain companies. The profitability of many types of financial companies may be adversely affected in certain market cycles, including periods of rising interest rates, which may restrict the availability and increase the cost of capital, and declining economic conditions, which may cause credit losses due to financial difficulties of borrowers. Because many types of financial companies are vulnerable to these economic cycles, the Fund’s investments in these companies may lose significant value during such periods. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Risk of Concentration in the Financials Sector” below. |
29
Below Investment Grade and Unrated Securities Risk. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager. Lower-rated securities, or equivalent unrated securities, which are commonly known as “high yield” securities or “junk” securities generally involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of income and principal, and may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher grade securities. It is reasonable to expect that any adverse economic conditions could disrupt the market for lower-rated securities, have an adverse impact on the value of those securities and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of those securities to repay principal and interest on those securities. |
NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Ratings assigned by an NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. NRSROs may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. |
In addition, the Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in unrated securities (securities which are not rated by an NRSRO) if the Investment Manager determines that purchase of the securities is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Investment Manager may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. If a security is unrated, the Investment Manager will assign a rating using its own analysis of issuer quality. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Below Investment Grade and Unrated Securities Risk” below. |
Contingent Capital Securities Risk. CoCos, sometimes referred to as contingent convertible securities, are debt or preferred securities with loss absorption characteristics built into the terms of the security for the benefit of the issuer, for example, an automatic write-down of principal or a mandatory conversion into common stock of the issuer under certain circumstances, such as the issuer’s capital ratio falling below a certain level. CoCos may be subject to an automatic write-down (i.e., the automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of the securities, potentially to zero, and the cancellation of the securities) under certain circumstances, which could result in the Fund losing a portion or all of its investment in such securities. In addition, the Fund may not have any rights with respect to repayment of the principal amount of the securities that has not become due or the payment of interest or dividends on such securities for any period from (and including) the interest or dividend payment date falling immediately prior to the occurrence of such automatic write-down. An automatic write-down could also result in a reduced income rate if |
30
the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. If a CoCo provides for mandatory conversion of the security into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances, such as an adverse event, the Fund could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, as a result of the issuer’s common shares not paying a dividend. In addition, a conversion event would likely be the result of or related to the deterioration of the issuer’s financial condition (e.g., such as a decrease in the issuer’s capital ratio) and status as a going concern, so the market price of the issuer’s common shares received by the Fund may have declined, perhaps substantially, and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect the Fund’s NAV. Further, the issuer’s common shares would be subordinate to the issuer’s other security classes and therefore worsen the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding. In addition, most CoCos are considered to be high yield or “junk” securities and are therefore subject to the risks of investing in below investment grade securities. See below “Principal Risks of the Fund—Below Investment Grade and Unrated Securities Risk.” |
Foreign (Non-U.S.) and Emerging Market Securities Risk. Risks of investing in foreign securities, which can be expected to be greater for investments in emerging markets, include currency risks, future political and economic developments and possible imposition of foreign withholding or other taxes on income or proceeds payable on the securities. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements as domestic issuers. |
The Fund may hold foreign securities of developed market issuers and emerging market issuers. Investing in securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to potential economic, political or social instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation, trade sanctions or embargoes or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, the lack of hedging instruments, and repatriation of capital invested. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets. The limited size of emerging securities markets and limited trading value compared to the volume of trading in U.S. securities could cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the quality of the securities. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and investors’ perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities, especially in these markets. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates and corresponding currency |
31
devaluations have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. |
Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk. Although the Fund will report its NAV and pay dividends in U.S. dollars, foreign securities often are purchased with and make interest and dividend payments in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Fund’s investments in foreign securities will be subject to foreign currency risk, which means that the Fund’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of foreign securities to make payment of principal, dividends and interest to investors located outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise. |
The Fund may (but is not required to) engage in investments that are designed to hedge the Fund’s foreign currency risks, including foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, put and call option on foreign currencies and foreign currency swaps. Such transactions may reduce returns or increase volatility, perhaps substantially. While these practices will be entered into to seek to manage these risks, these practices may not prove to be successful or may have the effect of limiting the gains from favorable market movements. |
Foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, OTC options on foreign currencies and foreign currency swaps are subject to the risk of default by the counterparty and can be illiquid. These currency hedging transactions, as well as the futures contracts and exchange-listed options in which the Fund may invest, are subject to many of the risks of, and can be highly sensitive to changes in the value of, the related currency or other reference asset. As such, a small investment could have a potentially large impact on the Fund’s performance. Whether or not the Fund engages in currency hedging transactions, the Fund may experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, in U.S. dollar terms, due solely to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Use of currency hedging transactions may cause the Fund to experience losses greater than if the Fund had not engaged in such transactions. |
32
The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or character of the Fund’s distributions. |
Convertible Securities Risk. Although to a lesser extent than with nonconvertible fixed income securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stock. A unique feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer. |
Derivatives Risk. Derivatives transactions can be highly volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Derivatives transactions may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on the Fund’s performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on the Fund’s portfolio. In certain types of derivatives transactions the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment; in other types of derivatives transactions the potential loss is theoretically unlimited. |
The market for many derivatives is, or suddenly can become, illiquid. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices for derivatives transactions. The Fund could experience losses if it were unable to liquidate a derivative position because of an illiquid secondary market. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivatives transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the |
33
amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make cash payments of variation (or mark-to-market) margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. The inability to close derivatives transactions positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge its portfolio. |
Successful use of derivatives transactions also is subject to the ability of the Investment Manager to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. Derivatives transactions entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Fund’s portfolio of securities may have the effect of limiting gains from otherwise favorable market movements. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used (and a loss on a derivatives transaction position may be larger than the gain in a portfolio position being hedged), may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment, or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held as collateral with respect to derivatives transactions may not otherwise be available to the Fund for investment purposes. The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, political developments, government intervention or failure to intervene, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Fund to deliver or receive a specified currency. |
The Fund may enter into swap, cap or other transactions to attempt to protect itself from increasing interest or dividend expenses resulting from increasing short-term interest rates on any leverage it incurs or increasing interest rates on securities held in its portfolio. A decline in interest rates may result in a decline in the value of the transaction, which may result in a decline in the NAV of the Fund. A sudden and dramatic decline in interest rates may result in a significant decline in the NAV of the Fund. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the use of interest rate hedging transactions could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. |
34
In the event the Fund enters into forward currency contracts for hedging purposes, the Fund will be subject to currency exchange rates risk. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time and also can be affected unpredictably by intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. The Fund’s success in these transactions will depend principally on the ability of the Investment Manager to predict accurately future foreign currency exchange rates. Additional risks associated with derivatives trading include counterparty risk, liquidity risk and tracking/correlation risk. |
The Fund’s investments in forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps would subject the Fund to risks specific to derivatives transactions, including: the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use derivative instruments depends on the ability of the Investment Manager to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of derivative instruments for hedging, currency or interest rate management, or other purposes may result in losses greater than if they had not been used. |
Structured notes and other related instruments carry risks similar to those of more traditional derivatives such as futures, forward and option contracts. However, structured instruments may entail a greater degree of market risk and volatility than other types of debt obligations. |
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to certain derivatives transactions entered into by the Fund. Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated OTC transactions. Each party to an OTC derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. |
If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives transactions is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for |
35
performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy their obligations to the Fund. |
Rule 144A Securities Risk. Rule 144A Securities are considered restricted securities because they are not registered for sale to the general public and may only be resold to certain qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for Rule 144A Securities that exist or may develop may provide both readily ascertainable values for such securities and the ability to promptly sell such securities. However, if there are an insufficient number of qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A Securities held by the Fund, the Fund will be subject to liquidity risk and thus may not be able to sell the Rule 144A Securities at a desirable time or price. |
Regulation S Securities Risk. Regulation S securities are offered through non-U.S. offerings without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act. Regulation S securities may be relatively less liquid as a result of legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Because Regulation S securities are generally less liquid than registered securities, the Fund may take longer to liquidate these positions than publicly traded securities or may not be able to sell them at the price desired. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded or otherwise offered in the United States. Accordingly, Regulation S securities may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in losses to the Fund. |
LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. In 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Alternatives to LIBOR are in development in many major financial markets. For example, the U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), a broad measure of secured overnight U.S. Treasury repo rates, as a possible replacement for U.S. dollar LIBOR. Bank working groups and regulators in other countries have suggested other alternatives for their markets, including the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (SONIA) in England. Other countries are introducing their own local-currency-denominated alternative reference rates for short-term lending and global consensus on alternative rates is lacking. It is likely that panel banks will cease reporting LIBOR as soon as they are able to, effectively phasing it out as of 2022; however, the LIBOR transition might be extended. The official sector appears resistant to adjusting deadlines but there may be more pressing demands on |
36
regulators and companies stemming from the novel coronavirus (COVID-19). There remains uncertainty and risk regarding the willingness and ability of issuers and lenders to include enhanced provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments, the suitability of the proposed replacement rates, and the process for amending existing contracts and instruments remains unclear. As such, the transition away from LIBOR may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that are tied to LIBOR, reduced values of, inaccurate valuations of, and miscalculations of payment amounts for LIBOR-related investments or investments in issuers that utilize LIBOR, increased difficulty in borrowing or refinancing and reduced effectiveness of hedging strategies, adversely affecting the Fund’s performance or NAV. In addition, any alternative reference rate may be an ineffective substitute resulting in prolonged adverse market conditions for the Fund. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 and could extend into 2022 or beyond. |
Other Investment Companies Risk. To the extent the Fund invests a portion of its assets in investment companies, including open-end funds, closed-end funds, ETFs and other types of pooled investment funds, those assets will be subject to the risks of the purchased investment companies’ portfolio securities, and a shareholder in the Fund will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also indirectly the expenses of the purchased investment companies. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. Risks associated with investments in closed-end funds also generally include the risks described in this prospectus associated with the Fund’s structure as a closed-end investment company, including market risk, leverage risk, risk of market price discount from NAV, risk of anti-takeover provisions and non-diversification. In addition, investments in closed-end funds may be subject to dilution risk, which is the risk that strategies employed by a closed-end fund, such as rights offerings, may, under certain circumstances, have the effect of reducing its share price and the Fund’s proportionate interest. In addition, restrictions under the 1940 Act may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies to the extent desired. |
The SEC has proposed regulations that may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies. The proposed regulations, if adopted, could also significantly affect the Fund’s ability to redeem its investments in other investment companies, making such investments less attractive. The final terms of any proposed regulations are not known as of the date of this prospectus, but they could cause the Fund to incur losses, realize taxable gains distributable to shareholders, incur greater or unexpected expenses or experience other adverse consequences. |
37
See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Other Investment Companies Risk” below. |
Common Stock Risk. The Fund may invest in common stocks. Common stocks are subject to special risks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in returns. Common stocks may be more susceptible to adverse changes in market value due to issuer specific events or general movements in the equities markets. A drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks held by the Fund. Common stock prices fluctuate for many reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or the occurrence of political or economic events affecting issuers. For example, an adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of common stock in which the Fund has invested; the price of common stock of an issuer may be particularly sensitive to general movements in the stock market; or a drop in the stock market may depress the price of most or all of the common stocks held by the Fund. Also, common stock of an issuer in the Fund’s portfolio may decline in price if the issuer fails to make anticipated dividend payments because, among other reasons, the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial condition. The common stocks in which the Fund will invest are typically subordinated to preferred securities, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and assets, and, therefore, will be subject to greater risk than the preferred securities or debt instruments of such issuers. In addition, common stock prices may be sensitive to rising interest rates as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase. |
Government Securities Risk. Not all obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Some obligations are backed only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality, and in some cases there may be some risk of default by the issuer. Any guarantee by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities of a security held by the Fund does not apply to the market value of such security or to the Common Shares. In addition, a security backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States is guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity, but the market prices of such securities are not guaranteed and will fluctuate. In addition, because many types of U.S. Government securities trade actively outside the United States, their prices may rise and fall as changes in global economic conditions affect the demand for these securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Government Securities Risk” below. |
38
Municipal Securities Risk. Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states or by political subdivisions or authorities of states. Municipal securities are typically designated as general obligation bonds, which are general obligations of a governmental entity that are backed by the taxing power of such entity, or revenue bonds, which are payable from the income of a specific project or authority and are not supported by the issuer’s power to levy taxes. Municipal securities are long-term fixed rate debt obligations that generally decline in value with increases in interest rates, when an issuer’s financial condition worsens or when the rating on a bond is decreased. Many municipal securities may be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity. Lower-quality revenue bonds and other credit-sensitive municipal securities carry higher risks of default than general obligation bonds. In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds. Special factors, such as legislative changes, local and business developments, and public perception, may adversely affect the yield and/or value of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities. Other factors include the general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. |
The cost associated with combating the outbreak of COVID-19 and its negative impact on tax revenues has adversely affected the financial condition of state and local governments. In the past, a number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, were downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings during economic or market turmoil or a recession. The effects of this outbreak could affect the ability of state and local governments to make payments on debt obligations when due and could adversely impact the value of their bonds, which could negatively impact the performance of the Fund. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Municipal Securities Risk” below. |
Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in investments that may be illiquid (i.e., securities that may be difficult to sell at a desirable time or price). Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Illiquid investments involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books. Restricted securities and illiquid securities are often more difficult to value and the sale of such securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of liquid securities trading on |
39
national securities exchanges or in the OTC markets. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities result from negotiations between the issuer and purchaser of such securities and therefore vary substantially in length and scope. To dispose of a restricted security that the Fund has a contractual right to sell, the Fund may first be required to cause the security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when the Fund would be permitted to sell, during which time the Fund would bear market risks. |
Leverage Risk. The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will generally utilize leverage in an amount equal to 331⁄3% of Managed Assets (under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund may borrow in an amount up to 331⁄3% of its Managed Assets as measured immediately after such borrowing) through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and/or the issuance of debt securities. The Fund may also engage in leverage up to the maximum permitted by the 1940 Act through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund also is permitted to enter into Reverse Repurchase Agreements, the proceeds of which may be used for leverage. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk” below. |
Certain other investment strategies, such as short sales or the use of derivatives, may also be considered a form of economic leverage and may be subject to the risks associated with the use of leverage. Leverage is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs associated with leveraging. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for Common Shareholders, including (i) the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; (ii) the risk that fluctuations in the interest or dividend rates that the Fund must pay on any leverage will reduce the return on the holders of the Common Shares; (iii) the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares; and (iv) leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. If the Fund utilizes leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for investment advisory and management services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include the principal amount of outstanding Borrowings the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares, if any, and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may borrow in foreign currencies, which will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “—Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk.” Any such exposure is subject to the risk that the U.S. dollar will |
40
decline in value relative to the currency in which the Fund has borrowed, in which case the Fund will be worse off than if it had borrowed in U.S. dollars. Similar risks may apply if the Fund engages in leveraging transactions through the use of derivatives. |
Additional Risk Considerations |
Tax Risk. No assurance can be given as to what percentage of the distributions paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of tax-advantaged qualified dividend income or long-term capital gain or what the tax rates on various types of income will be in future years. The maximum long-term capital gain tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income is currently 20%, 15%, or 0% for individuals depending on the amount of their taxable income for the year. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will also apply in the case of some individuals. In addition, it may be difficult to obtain information regarding whether distributions by non-U.S. entities in which the Fund invests should be regarded as qualified dividend income. Furthermore, to receive qualified dividend income treatment, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the dividend-paying securities in its portfolio, and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Common Shares. Holding periods may be affected by certain of the Fund’s transactions in options and other derivatives. There can be no guarantee that U.S. federal tax laws will not change in the future. See “Taxation” below. |
Active Management Risk. As an actively managed portfolio, the value of the Fund’s investments could decline because the financial condition of an issuer may change (due to such factors as management performance, reduced demand or overall market changes), financial markets may fluctuate or overall prices may decline, or the Investment Manager’s investment techniques could fail to achieve the Fund’s investment objectives or negatively affect the Fund’s investment performance. |
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. The Investment Manager and its affiliates are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Fund. The Investment Manager and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Manager and its affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither the Investment Manager nor its affiliates are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Fund. As a result, other accounts of the Investment Manager and its affiliates may compete with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, may differ |
41
from those of other accounts managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more of the proprietary or other accounts managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates achieve profits. The Investment Manager has informed the Fund’s Board of Trustees that the investment professionals associated with the Investment Manager are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund’s business and affairs. The Investment Manager and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests and to allocate investments among the accounts managed by the Investment Manager and its affiliates in a fair and equitable manner. See “Additional Risk Considerations—Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk” in this prospectus and “Investment Management and Other Services—Portfolio Managers—Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI. |
Dependence on Key Personnel Risk. The Investment Manager is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Investment Manager were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Investment Manager might not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds. In addition, the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of individuals who become associated with the Investment Manager in the future. See “Additional Risks Considerations—Dependence on Key Personnel Risk.” |
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may engage in portfolio trading when considered appropriate, but short-term trading will not be used as the primary means of achieving the Fund’s investment objectives. There are no limits on portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when, in the opinion of the Investment Manager, investment considerations warrant such action. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund that, when distributed to Common Shareholders, would be taxable to such shareholders as ordinary income. See “Additional Risk Considerations—Portfolio Turnover Risk.” |
Non-Diversified Status. Because the Fund, as a non-diversified investment company, may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than a diversified investment company, an investment in the Fund presents greater risk to you than an investment in a diversified company. See “Additional Risk Considerations—Non-Diversified Status.” |
42
Anti-Takeover Provisions. Certain provisions of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and Bylaws could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to modify the Fund’s structure. The provisions may have the effect of depriving you of an opportunity to sell your shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and may have the effect of inhibiting conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. See “Certain Provisions of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws” and “Additional Risk Considerations—Anti-Takeover Provisions.” |
Geopolitical Risk. Occurrence of global events similar to those in recent years, such as war, terrorist attacks, natural or environmental disasters, country instability, infectious disease epidemics, such as that caused by the COVID-19 virus, market instability, debt crises and downgrades, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers and other governmental trade or market control programs, the potential exit of a country from its respective union and related geopolitical events, may result in market volatility and may have long-lasting impacts on both the U.S. and global financial markets. Additionally, those events, as well as other changes in foreign and domestic political and economic conditions, could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment and other factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments. |
An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus designated as COVID-19 has resulted in, among other things, extreme volatility in the financial markets and severe losses, reduced liquidity of many instruments, significant travel restrictions, significant disruptions to business operations, supply chains and customer activity, lower consumer demand for goods and services, service and event cancellations, reductions and other changes, strained healthcare systems, as well as general concern and uncertainty. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak has negatively affected the global economy, the economies of individual countries, and the financial performance of individual issuers, sectors, industries, asset classes, and markets in significant and unforeseen ways. Pandemics may also exacerbate other pre-existing political, social, economic, market and financial risks. The effects of the outbreak in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to less established health care systems and supply chains. The COVID-19 pandemic and its effects may be short term or, particularly in the event of a “second wave” of infections, may result in a sustained economic downturn or a global recession, ongoing market volatility and/or decreased liquidity in the financial markets, exchange trading suspensions and closures, higher default rates, domestic and foreign political and social instability and damage to diplomatic and international trade relations. There are numerous potential vaccines in development, but the scalability and effectiveness of such vaccines are unknown. Even if an effective |
43
vaccine were to become readily available, the political, social, economic, market and financial risks of COVID-19 could persist for years to come. The foregoing could impair the Fund’s ability to maintain operational standards, disrupt the operations of the Fund’s service providers, adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments, and negatively impact the Fund’s performance and your investment in the Fund. |
On January 31, 2020, the UK withdrew from the European Union (EU) (referred to as Brexit), commencing a transition period. During this period, the UK will no longer be considered a member state of the EU, but will remain subject to EU law, regulations and maintain access to the EU single market while the UK and EU negotiate and agree on the nature of their future relationship. The transition period is expected to end December 31, 2020, subject to extension. Brexit has resulted in volatility in European and global markets and could have negative long-term impacts on financial markets in the UK and throughout Europe. There is considerable uncertainty about the potential consequences of Brexit, how negotiations of trade agreements will proceed, and how the financial markets will react. As this process unfolds, markets may be further disrupted. Given the size and importance of the UK’s economy, uncertainty about its legal, political and economic relationship with the remaining member states of the EU may continue to be a source of instability. In addition, if the UK and the EU are unable to agree on trade and/or other agreements by the end of the transition period, or a related extension, the economic impact resulting from Brexit may be more negative. |
Growing tensions, including trade disputes, between the United States and other nations, or among foreign powers, and possible diplomatic, trade or other sanctions could adversely impact the global economy, financial markets and the Fund. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies may, among other things, adversely affect the Fund’s investments denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies. It is difficult to predict when similar events affecting the U.S. or global financial markets may occur, the effects that such events may have, and the duration of those effects. |
Real Estate Risk. To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Property values may fall due to increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. Real estate company prices also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management, and residential developers, in particular, could be negatively impacted by falling home prices, slower mortgage origination and rising construction costs. REITs generally are dependent upon management skills and may not be diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, |
44
defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to (i) qualify for favorable tax treatment under applicable tax law, or (ii) maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. |
Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Fund and its service providers (including the Investment Manager) may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks and/or other technological malfunctions. In general, cyber-attacks are deliberate, but unintentional events may have similar effects. Cyber-attacks include, among others, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, preventing legitimate users from accessing information or services on a website, releasing confidential information without authorization, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets and causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, the Fund, the Investment Manager, or a custodian, transfer agent, or other affiliated or third-party service provider may adversely affect the Fund or its shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, affect the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and additional compliance costs. Furthermore, as a result of breaches in cyber security or other operational and technology disruptions or failures, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or an entire market, which may result in the Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or unable to accurately price its investments. While the Fund has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Similar types of cyber security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value. |
Each of the Fund and the Investment Manager may have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber-attacks or security or technology breakdowns affecting the Fund’s third-party service providers. While |
45
the Fund has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent or reduce the impact of cyber-attacks, such plans and systems are subject to inherent limitations. |
Regulatory Risk. The U.S. government has proposed and adopted multiple regulations that could have a long-lasting impact on the Fund and on the mutual fund industry in general. The SEC’s final rules and amendments that modernize reporting and disclosure, along with other potential upcoming regulations, could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in transactions, and/or increase overall expenses of the Fund. In addition, the SEC, Congress, various exchanges and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, both domestic and foreign, have undertaken reviews of the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, which could affect the nature and extent of instruments used by the Fund. While the full extent of all of these regulations is still unclear, these regulations and actions may adversely affect both the Fund and the instruments in which the Fund invests and its ability to execute its investment strategy. Similarly, regulatory developments in other countries may have an unpredictable and adverse impact on the Fund. |
The SEC has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions, which may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Investment Manager’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued preferred shares or has borrowings, Reverse Repurchase Agreements or similar transactions outstanding. |
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk. The risks associated with mortgage-related securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-related security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral. |
Asset-backed securities involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-related securities: (1) primarily, these |
46
securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as mortgage-related securities and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay; (2) credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due; and (3) most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If these obligations are sold to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. There is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities. |
Given the risks described above, an investment in the Common Shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Fund. |
47
The purpose of the following table and example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. Shareholders should understand that some of the percentages indicated in the tables below are estimates and may vary. The expenses shown in the table under “Estimated annual expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first full year of operations and assume that the Fund issues 10,000,000 Common Shares. The table also assumes the use of leverage in the form of Borrowings in an amount equal to 331⁄3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (after the leverage is incurred), and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Actual expenses may vary from the estimated expenses shown in the table.
Percentage of
Offering Price |
|||||
Shareholder Transaction Expenses |
|||||
Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)(1) |
None | ||||
Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)(2),(3) |
None | ||||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(4) |
None |
Percentage
of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assumes Leverage is Used)(5) |
|||||
Annual Expenses |
|||||
Investment Management Fee(6) |
1.50 | % | |||
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds(7) |
0.54 | % | |||
Other Expenses(8) |
0.28 | % | |||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
2.32 | % |
(1) |
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, compensation of $0.75 per Common Share to the Underwriters in connection with the offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay such compensation paid by the Investment Manager. |
(2) |
The Investment Manager has agreed to pay all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Investment Manager. |
(3) |
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets, an upfront structuring and syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, an upfront structuring fee to BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate) and UBS Securities LLC, an upfront fee to each of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters and other dealers a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or other additional compensation in connection with the offering. These fees are not reflected under sales load in the table above because they are paid by the Investment Manager (and not the Fund). In accordance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. rules, these upfront structuring fees are underwriting compensation to the recipients of such fees. See “Underwriters.” |
(4) |
The expenses of administering the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan are included in Other expenses. You will pay brokerage charges if you direct your broker or the plan agent to sell your Common Shares that you acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan. You may also pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividends and Distributions—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” |
(5) |
If the Fund does not borrow from financial institutions or otherwise use leverage, the Fund’s estimated annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares) would be: |
Percentage
of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assumes no Leverage) |
|||||
Investment Management Fee(6) |
1.00 | % | |||
Other Expenses(8) |
0.19 | % | |||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
1.19 | % |
48
(6) |
The Investment Manager will receive a management fee at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily value of net assets attributable to Common Shares assuming no leverage is used. If the anticipated amount of leverage is used, the management fee would be 1.50% of the Fund’s average daily value of net assets attributable to Common Shares because the fee is based on the Fund’s net assets, plus the principal amount of any Borrowings, the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares, if any, and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements. |
(7) |
Interest payments on borrowed funds assumes that leverage will represent 331⁄3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and charge interest or involve payment at a rate set by an interest rate transaction at an annual average rate of approximately 1.09%, which is based on current market conditions. The actual rate could vary substantially from this estimate, which could cause Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds and Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses to vary substantially from the percentages shown in the table above. The Fund may use forms of leverage other than and/or in addition to Borrowings, which may be subject to different interest expenses than those estimated above. The actual amount of interest expense borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the level of the Fund’s use of Borrowings and variations in market interest rates. Interest expense is required to be treated as an expense of the Fund for accounting purposes. Any associated income or gains (or losses) realized from leverage obtained through Borrowings is not reflected in the Annual Expenses table above, but would be reflected in the Fund’s performance results. |
(8) |
The “Other expenses” shown in the tables above and related footnotes are based upon estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues 10,000,000 Common Shares. |
Example
The following example illustrates the expenses and the estimated costs of Borrowings assuming the Fund utilizes leverage representing 331⁄3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) total annual Fund operating expenses of 2.32% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in years 1 through 10 and (2) a 5% annual return:
1 Year |
3 Years |
5 Years |
10 Years |
|||
$24 |
$73 | $124 | $266 |
* |
The examples above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower. The example assumes that the estimated “Other Expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table is accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. Assuming the Fund does not use leverage, including through the use of Borrowings, the illustrated expenses in the example above would be $12, $38, $65 and $144 for years 1, 3, 5 and 10, respectively. |
49
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Fund was organized as a Maryland statutory trust on November 14, 2019 and is registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, and its telephone number is (212) 832-3232.
The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $ (or $ if the Underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full). The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets compensation of $0.75 per Common Share to the Underwriters in connection with the offering. The Investment Manager has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and all offering costs associated with this offering, and the Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Investment Manager. The net proceeds will be invested in accordance with the policies set forth under “Investment Objectives and Policies.”
The Fund estimates that the net proceeds of this offering will be fully invested in accordance with its investment objectives and policies within 60 days of the initial public offering. Pending such investments, those proceeds may be invested in cash, cash equivalents, swaps, government securities and short-term fixed income securities. See “Investment Objectives and Policies.”
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
General
The Fund’s primary investment objective is high current income. The Fund’s secondary investment objective is capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the SAI, the Fund’s investment objectives and investment policies are considered non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. However, the Fund’s investment objectives and its policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in preferred and other income securities may only be changed upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund pursues its investment objectives primarily by investing in issues of preferred and other income securities the Investment Manager believes to be undervalued relative to credit quality and other investment characteristics. In making this determination, the Investment Manager evaluates the fundamental characteristics of an issuer, including, among other characteristics, an issuer’s creditworthiness, and also takes into account prevailing market factors. In evaluating relative value, the Investment Manager also takes into account call, conversion and other structural security features, in addition to such factors as the likely directions of credit ratings and relative value versus other income security classes.
In analyzing credit quality, the Investment Manager considers not only fundamental analysis but also an issuer’s corporate and capital structure and the placement of the preferred or debt securities within that structure. The Investment Manager may rely primarily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual securities considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on NRSROs or third-party research. This aspect of the Investment Manager’s capabilities will be particularly important to the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade or unrated securities and in securities of non-U.S. issuers.
50
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available OTC. Such securities may include:
• |
Traditional preferred securities; |
• |
Hybrid-preferred securities that have investment and economic characteristics of both preferred stock and debt securities; |
• |
Floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities; |
• |
Fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities; |
• |
CoCos; |
• |
Convertible securities; and |
• |
Securities of other closed-end funds, open-end funds or ETFs that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein. |
These securities may be across a wide range of sectors, industries and countries. The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common stocks, up to 20% of its Managed Assets in government securities (not including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities), up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities, up to 20% of its Managed Assets in CoCos, up to 25% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities and up to 15% of its Managed Assets in securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries; however, under normal circumstances the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in mortgage-backed, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities (including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities).
The Fund also will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including REITs) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. The Investment Manager retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including securities issued by companies domiciled in emerging market countries. Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of industrialization, with lower gross national products per capita than more developed countries. The Investment Manager may hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure.
The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. Below investment grade securities are also known as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged, at the time of investment, to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager.
51
The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument, without limitation, including various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate and currency hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate and foreign currency risk inherent in the Fund’s investments.
The Fund is non-diversified and as a result may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. As a result, changes in the value of a single investment could cause greater fluctuations in the Fund’s share price than would occur in a more diversified fund.
On an overall basis, the Fund seeks to implement an investment strategy designed to minimize the U.S. federal income tax consequences on income generated by the Fund. The Fund seeks to accomplish this primarily by (i) investing in dividend-paying securities that are eligible to pay dividends that qualify for U.S. federal income taxation at rates applicable to long-term capital gain (“tax-advantaged dividends”), and complying with the holding period and other requirements for such favorable tax treatment; and (ii) offsetting any ordinary income and realized short-term capital gain against Fund expenses and realized short-term loss.
Investment Portfolio
Our portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. A more detailed description of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about the Fund’s portfolio investments are contained in the SAI.
Primary Investment Strategies and Techniques
Preferred Securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to in this prospectus as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. Preferred stocks are considered equity securities. The second basic type is referred to in this prospectus as hybrid-preferred securities. Hybrid-preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed- and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid-preferred securities are considered debt securities. The Investment Manager also considers senior debt perpetual issues, as well as exchange-listed senior debt issues that trade with attributes of exchange-listed perpetual and hybrid-preferred securities to be part of the broader preferred securities market. The Fund intends to invest significantly in OTC preferred securities, and will also invest in exchange-traded preferred securities.
Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities pay fixed or floating dividends to investors and have “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and in the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on certain preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case, all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. The Fund may invest in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Fund pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred
52
securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. Preferred shareholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation preference that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates. Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
Floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities may be traditional preferred or hybrid-preferred securities. Floating-rate preferred securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the securities. The terms of such securities provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as a change in the short-term interest rate. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floating-rate securities provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, although the interest rates of floating-rate securities will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. Similarly, a fixed-to-floating-rate security may be less price-sensitive to rising interest rates (or yields), because it has a rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five, ten or thirty years when first issued), after which period a floating-rate of payment applies. The Fund may invest significantly in both floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities.
Corporate shareholders of a regulated investment company (“RIC”) such as the Fund generally are permitted to claim the 50% dividends received deduction (“DRD”) with respect to that portion of their distributions from the RIC attributable to amounts received by the RIC that qualify for the DRD, provided such amounts are properly reported by the RIC and certain holding period requirements are met at both the RIC and shareholder level. However, not all traditional preferred securities pay dividends that are eligible for the DRD.
Individual shareholders of a RIC such as the Fund generally may be eligible to treat as QDI that portion of their distributions from the RIC attributable to QDI received and reported as such by the RIC, provided certain holding period requirements are met at both the RIC and shareholder level. However, not all traditional preferred securities will provide significant benefits under the rules relating to QDI. For more information regarding QDI and DRD, see “Taxation” below.
Within the category of traditional preferred securities, the Fund may invest in traditional preferred securities issued by real estate companies, including REITs. REIT preferred securities are generally perpetual in nature, although REITs often have the ability to redeem the preferred securities after a specified period of time. The market value of REIT preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes affecting a particular REIT. While sharing characteristics of other traditional preferred securities, dividends from REIT preferred securities do not qualify for the DRD and generally do not constitute QDI, as described below. The Fund may invest in REITs of any market capitalization; however, even the larger REITs tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole.
Between 2018 and 2025, “Qualified REIT dividends” are treated as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. Qualified REIT dividends are dividends received from REITs that are neither capital gain dividends nor are eligible for treatment as qualified dividends. Proposed regulations issued by the IRS enable the Fund to pass-through Qualified REIT dividends to its shareholders, provided the shareholders meet certain holding period requirements with respect to their shares.
53
Hybrid-Preferred Securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, as described below, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed- and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
Hybrid-preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, hybrid-preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for 18 months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the maximum deferral period is five years. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these hybrid-preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Hybrid-preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity because of their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Hybrid-preferred securities include, but are not limited to, trust originated preferred securities; monthly income preferred securities; quarterly income bond securities; quarterly income debt securities; quarterly income preferred securities; corporate trust securities; public income notes; and other hybrid-preferred securities.
Hybrid-preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
Many hybrid-preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not direct obligations of the operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of the trust preferred securities generally are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company held by the trust or special purpose entity, and payments on the hybrid-preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends. As such, payments on the hybrid-preferred securities are not eligible for the DRD or the reduced rates of tax that may apply to QDI. The trust or special purpose entity would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s Common Shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
Within the category of hybrid-preferred securities are senior debt instruments that trade in the broader preferred securities market. These debt instruments, which are sources of long-term capital for the issuers, have structural features similar to preferred stock such as maturities ranging from 30 years to perpetuity, call features, exchange listings and the inclusion of accrued interest in the trading price. Similar to other hybrid-preferred securities, these debt instruments usually do not offer equity capital treatment. Corporate trust securities (CORTS®) and public income notes (PINES®) are two examples of senior debt instruments which are structured and trade as hybrid-preferred securities.
The Fund may invest in other types of preferred securities, including preferred securities that are not currently in use and which may or may not be illiquid. The Fund may also engage in derivatives transactions that
54
are intended to provide economic exposure similar to investments in preferred securities. The Fund may invest in preferred securities denominated in U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) currencies.
Debt Securities. Debt securities in which the Fund may invest include fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations, including U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers and debt obligations denominated in foreign currencies. Such debt obligations include, among others, bonds, notes, debentures and variable rate demand notes, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Such corporate debt securities are fixed- or floating-rate securities issued by businesses to finance their operations. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt or perpetual preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. In some cases, conversion may be mandatory. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and hybrid and synthetic securities combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock, until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.
Contingent Capital Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in CoCos. CoCos are debt or preferred securities with loss absorption characteristics that provide for an automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of securities or the mandatory conversion into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances. A mandatory conversion might be automatically triggered, for instance, if a company fails to meet the capital minimum described in the security, the company’s regulator makes a determination that the security should convert, or the company receives specified levels of extraordinary public support. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor (worsening the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy). In addition, some CoCos provide for an automatic write-down of capital under such circumstances.
In one version of a CoCo, the security has loss absorption characteristics whereby the liquidation value of the security may be adjusted downward to below the original par value (even to zero) under certain circumstances. The write down of the par value would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders to seek bankruptcy of the company. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Such securities may, but are not required to, provide for circumstances under which the liquidation value may be adjusted back up to par, such as an improvement in capitalization and/or earnings.
Another version of a CoCo provides for mandatory conversion of the security into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, some such instruments have a set stock conversion rate that would cause an automatic write-down if the price of the common stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date.
An automatic write-down or conversion event is typically triggered by a reduction in the capital level of the issuer, but may also be triggered by regulatory actions (e.g., a change in capital requirements) or by other factors.
Concentration in Financials Sector. The Fund will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including REITs) and insurance
55
industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. The Investment Manager retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries.
Investment Grade and Below Investment Grade Securities. The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. The determination of whether a security is deemed investment grade or below investment grade will be determined at the time of investment. A security will be considered to be investment grade if it is rated as such by one NRSRO (for example minimum Baa3 or BBB- by Moody’s or S&P, respectively) or, if unrated, is judged to be investment grade by the Investment Manager. Below investment grade quality securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager, are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of interest and repayment of principal.
Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities and Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including up to 15% of Managed Assets in securities of companies domiciled in emerging markets. Many foreign companies issue both foreign currency and U.S. dollar-denominated preferred and debt securities. Those securities that are traded in the United States have characteristics that are similar to traditional and hybrid preferred securities. The Fund may also invest in securities of foreign companies in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”). Generally, ADRs in registered form are dollar-denominated securities designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, which represent and may be converted into an underlying foreign security. GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use outside the United States. EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in the European securities markets. The Fund may invest in foreign issuers in both developed and emerging markets.
Derivatives. The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument including, without limitation, various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions, such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investments, and foreign currency hedging transactions in order to reduce foreign currency exchange rate risks from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies (including transactions that hedge against anticipated future changes which otherwise might adversely affect the prices of securities that the Fund intends to purchase at a later date). Derivative instruments, or “derivatives,” include instruments and contracts which are derived from and are valued in relation to one or more underlying interest rates, currencies, securities, financial benchmarks or indexes and include, without limitation, swap agreements (including credit default swaps), futures contracts, forward contracts, options on futures or forward contracts, and listed or OTC put or call options on, or linked to the value of, any security, index or basket of securities, commodity or index or basket of commodities or other reference asset. Derivatives typically allow an investor to hedge or speculate upon the price movements of a particular interest rate, currency, security, financial benchmark or index at a fraction of the cost of acquiring or borrowing the underlying asset. The value of a derivative depends largely upon price movements in the underlying asset.
56
An interest rate swap involves the exchange of cash flows based on interest rate specifications and a specified principal amount, often a fixed payment for a floating payment that is linked to an interest rate. In an interest rate cap, one party receives payments at the end of each period in which a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount exceeds an agreed rate; conversely, in an interest rate floor one party may receive payments if a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount falls below an agreed rate. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor, or vice versa, to protect a fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
A foreign currency forward contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price on a future date which is individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and their customers. A foreign currency futures contract is an exchange-traded contract for the purchase or sale of a specified foreign currency at a specified price at a future date. A foreign currency swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange principal and interest payments on a loan made in one currency for principal and interest payments of a loan of equal value in another currency. The Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, foreign currency futures contract or foreign currency swap, or purchase a currency option, for example, when it enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or expects to receive a dividend or interest payment on a portfolio holding, in order to “lock in” the U.S. dollar value of the security or payment. In addition, the Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, futures contract or swap or purchase a currency option in respect of a currency which acts as a proxy for a currency in which the Fund’s portfolio holdings or anticipated holdings are denominated. This second investment practice is generally referred to as “cross-hedging.” The Fund may also conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market.
The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or character of the Fund’s distributions. To the extent any derivatives would be deemed to be illiquid, they will be included in the Fund’s maximum limitation of 25% of net assets invested in illiquid securities.
Rule 144A Securities. Certain securities in which the Fund may invest are Rule 144A Securities. Rule 144A Securities are considered restricted securities because they are not registered for sale to the general public and may only be resold to certain qualified institutional buyers.
Regulation S Securities. The Fund may invest in the securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued through non-U.S. offerings without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Offerings of Regulation S securities may be conducted outside of the United States. Because Regulation S securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, certain Regulation S securities may be considered illiquid.
Short Sales. The Fund may enter into short sales, provided the dollar amount of short sales at any time would not exceed 25% of the Managed Assets of the Fund. The Fund must designate collateral consisting of cash or liquid portfolio securities with a value equal to the current market value of the shorted securities, which is marked-to-market daily. If the Fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issuer as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short (which sales are commonly referred to as short sales against the box), the above requirements are not applicable.
Other Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including open-end funds, closed-end funds or ETFs, that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein, to the extent permitted under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, or any exemption granted to the Fund under the 1940 Act. The Fund also may invest in other funds either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive opportunities in the market.
57
An investment in the shares of another fund is subject to the risks associated with that fund’s portfolio securities. To the extent the Fund invests in shares of another fund, Common Shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of that fund’s expenses, including advisory fees, brokerage and distribution expenses. These fees and expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Fund’s own operations. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other funds. The securities of other funds may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to similar leverage risks to which the Fund is subject. As described in the sections entitled “Use of Leverage” and “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk,” the NAV and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Other funds may have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund. In addition, to the extent the Fund invests in other funds, the Fund will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Investment Manager.
Additional Investment Strategies and Techniques
Common Stock. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common stocks, which represent residual ownership interest in issuers and include rights or warrants to purchase common stocks. Holders of common stocks are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuers after all debt obligations and obligations to preferred shareholders are satisfied. Common stocks generally have voting rights. Common stocks fluctuate in price in response to many factors including historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in declines or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. The value of such securities also may decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or an increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, their value may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment.
Government Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities (not including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities) or by a non-U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities include bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, as well as “stripped” or “zero coupon” U.S. Treasury obligations representing future interest or principal payments on U.S. Treasury notes or bonds. Stripped securities are sold at a discount to their “face value,” and may exhibit greater price volatility than interest-bearing securities because investors receive no payment until maturity. Other obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. The U.S. government may choose not to provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities if it is not legally obligated to do so, in which case, if the issuer were to default, the Fund might not be able to recover its investment from the U.S. government.
The Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities can involve a high degree of risk. The foreign governmental entity that controls the repayment of debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and pay the interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay the interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Foreign governmental entities also may be dependent on expected disbursements from other governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of
58
such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the foreign governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, foreign governmental entities may default on their debt. Holders of Foreign Government Securities may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt. These risks are particularly severe with respect to the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities of emerging market countries. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign (Non-U.S.) and Emerging Market Securities Risk.” Among other risks, if the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities issued by an emerging market country need to be liquidated quickly, the Fund could sustain significant transaction costs. Also, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth, and which may in turn diminish the value of the Fund’s holdings in emerging market Foreign Government Securities and the currencies in which they are denominated and/or pay revenues.
Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities, which includes debt obligations of states, territories or possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which municipal securities may be issued include the refunding of outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities.
The two major classifications of municipal securities are bonds and notes. Bonds may be further classified as “general obligation” or “revenue” issues. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities, and in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, but not from the general taxing power. Most notes are general obligations of the issuing municipalities or agencies and are sold in anticipation of a bond sale, collection of taxes or receipt of other revenues. There are, of course, variations in the risks associated with municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications. Although issued by governments and their agencies and instrumentalities, municipal securities are subject to default risk. The Fund does not anticipate meeting the requirements under the Code to pass through income from municipal securities as tax free to shareholders.
Investments in municipal securities may be affected significantly by economic, regulatory or political developments affecting the ability of an issuer to pay interest or repay principal. Certain issuers have experienced serious financial difficulties in the past and a reoccurrence of these difficulties may impair the ability of certain issuers to pay principal or interest on their obligations.
New Issues and Follow-On Offerings. In addition to purchasing securities in the secondary market, the Fund intends to seek investment opportunities in new issues and follow-on or secondary offerings of preferred and debt securities, including such opportunities in, among other things, U.S. and/or foreign (non-U.S. markets), restricted securities, (including securities that are issued in private placements and securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act) and OTC transactions. The Investment Manager, as an institutional investor, may have access to new issues and secondary offerings that may not be fully available to retail investors. By investing in such offerings, the Investment Manager may be able to secure favorable terms for the Fund, such as attractive pricing relative to other securities available in the secondary market. The Investment Manager has developed relationships with issuers and underwriters that it believes could afford the Fund competitive advantages in evaluating and managing these investment opportunities in preferred securities.
59
Illiquid Securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in investments that may be illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities may include, among others, securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Securities that have legal or contractual restrictions on resale but have a readily available market are not deemed illiquid for purposes of this limitation.
The Investment Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any security held by the Fund. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Investment Manager will consider, among other things, factors such as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security; and the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments) and (iii) other permissible relevant factors.
Temporary Defensive Positions. For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, and following the offering of the Common Shares pending investment in securities that meet the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, cash equivalents, government securities and short-term fixed-income securities. When and to the extent the Fund assumes a temporary defensive position, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objectives.
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities. Under normal circumstances the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in mortgage-backed, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities (including mortgage- or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities). Mortgage-related securities include mortgage pass-through securities, CMOs, CMBSs, mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, SMBSs and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in or are secured by and payable from mortgage loans on real property. These securities may be issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its sponsored entities or may be issued by private organizations. One type of SMBS has one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or IO class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal only, or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities.
Other asset-backed securities may be structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements and from sales of personal property. Regular payments received in respect of such securities include both interest and principal. Asset-backed securities typically have no U.S. Government backing. Additionally, the ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited.
Other Investments. The Fund’s cash reserves, held to provide sufficient flexibility to take advantage of new opportunities for investments and for other cash needs, will be invested in money market instruments. Money market instruments in which the Fund may invest its cash reserves will generally consist of high quality short-term debt securities, including, without limitation, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements relating to such obligations and commercial paper. See “Investment Objectives and Policies” in the SAI.
60
The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will generally utilize leverage in an amount equal to 331⁄3% of Managed Assets (under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund may borrow in an amount up to 331⁄3% of its Managed Assets as measured immediately after such borrowing) through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and/or the issuance of debt securities. The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities. The Fund may borrow in both U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, and may use derivatives and other transactions to manage any interest rate risk or currency exposure associated with its use of leverage. Borrowing in non-U.S. currencies will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk.” The Investment Manager may, but is not required to, engage in forward currency contracts, short sales or other transactions to hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure. Although the Fund currently does not intend to do so, the Fund also may use leverage through the issuance of Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as measured immediately after such issuance. In addition to Borrowings and the issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund may enter into certain investment management strategies, such as Reverse Repurchase Agreements or Derivatives Transactions (collectively, “effective leverage”), to achieve leverage.
The Fund considers effective leverage to result from any investment strategy which is used to increase gross investment exposure in excess of the Fund’s net asset value. Effective leverage does not include exposure obtained for hedging purposes, from securities lending, or to manage the Fund’s interest rate exposure. The Fund will not enter into any leverage transaction if, immediately after such transaction, the Fund’s total leverage including any Borrowings and Preferred Shares and effective leverage incurred exceeds 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. It is possible that after entering into a leveraging transaction, the assets of the Fund decline due to market conditions such that this 50% limit will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to Common Shareholders will increase. The Fund does not currently anticipate issuing any Preferred Shares and/or debt securities other than Borrowings.
There is no assurance that the Fund will utilize leverage or, if leverage is utilized, that it will be successful in enhancing the level of its cash distributions or total return. The NAV of the Common Shares may be reduced by the issuance or incurrence costs of any leverage. Through leveraging, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not utilize leverage. Leverage is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs associated with leverage. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. When leverage is used, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. In addition, because the fees received by the Investment Manager are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund (including the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares, if any, the principal amount of outstanding Borrowings and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements), the Investment Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage (e.g., Borrowings, Preferred Shares and Reverse Repurchase Agreements), which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to borrow money if, immediately after such Borrowing, the principal amount of such Borrowings exceeds 331⁄3% of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than the Borrowings (i.e., the value of the Fund’s total assets must be at least 300% of the principal amount of any Borrowings). In addition, depending on the terms of the Borrowing, the Fund may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s assets, less liabilities other than the Borrowings, is at least 300% of such principal amount. If the Fund borrows, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of
61
the Borrowing to the extent necessary in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after such issuance, the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares exceeds 50% of the Fund’s assets (including the proceeds from the issuance) less liabilities other than Borrowings (i.e., the value of the Fund’s total assets must be at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than Borrowings is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. If the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the members of the Fund’s Board of Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining members of the Board of Trustees of the Fund will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares.” The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares.
The Fund may enter into Reverse Repurchase Agreements involving the transfer by the Fund of portfolio securities to a financial institution with an agreement to repurchase such securities on a future date at a specified price. In return, the financial institution provides financing to the Fund equal to the discounted value of such securities. The use by the Fund of Reverse Repurchase Agreements effects a form of economic leverage, because the proceeds derived from such Reverse Repurchase Agreements may be invested in additional securities. At the time the Fund enters into a Reverse Repurchase Agreement, it will “cover” its exposure under the Reverse Repurchase Agreement by designating on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). As a result, a Reverse Repurchase Agreement will not be considered a Borrowing by the Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. The amount of financing the Fund may obtain through Reverse Repurchase Agreements is not expected to exceed 331⁄3% of the Fund’s total assets; however, the Fund has no current intention to use Reverse Repurchase Agreements for leverage.
In determining whether to issue Preferred Shares or enter into Reverse Repurchase Agreements, the Board of Trustees would consider a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the recommendations of the Investment Manager with respect to various available leverage alternatives, as well as information relating to the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, the cost of leverage, and potential litigation risks.
As noted above, the Fund may engage in various derivatives transactions described in this prospectus to seek to generate return, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. Certain derivatives transactions effect a form of economic leverage on the Fund’s portfolio and may be subject to the risks associated with the use of leverage.
The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by either guidelines of one or more NRSROs which may issue ratings for leverage or, if the Fund borrows from a lender, by the lender. These restrictions may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those currently imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. With respect to any Borrowings, the Fund may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default under its lending arrangements. The Fund expects that any Borrowings would contain customary covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Fund’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations.
62
Effects of Leverage. Assuming that leverage in the form of Borrowings will represent up to 331⁄3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and charge interest or involve payment at a rate set by an interest rate transaction at an annual average rate of approximately 1.09%, the income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses) must exceed 0.36% in order to cover such interest payments or payment rates and other expenses specifically related to leverage. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates, used for illustration. Actual interest, or payment rates may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of –10%, –5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns expected to be experienced by the Fund. The table assumes leverage in an aggregate amount equal to 331⁄3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk” below.
Assumed Portfolio Total Return |
–10 | % | –5 | % | 0 | % | 5 | % | 10% | |||||||||||
Common Share Total Return |
(15.5) | % | (8.0) | % | (0.5) | % | 7.0 | % | 14.5% |
Common Share total return is comprised of two elements—the net investment income of the Fund after paying expenses, including interest expenses on the Fund’s Borrowings as described above and dividend payments on any preferred shares issued by the Fund and gain and losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by the rules of the SEC, the table assumes the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those securities.
Leverage Risk. Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to Common Shareholders. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the NAV of and distributions on the Common Shares and potentially more volatility in the market value of the Common Shares. So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause Common Shareholders to realize higher current net investment income than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, to the extent that the then current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced, and if the then current cost of any leverage were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. Any decline in the NAV of the Fund’s investments will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in NAV to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged. Such greater NAV decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the Common Shares. To the extent that the Fund is required or elects to redeem any Preferred Shares or prepay any Borrowings or Reverse Repurchase Agreements, the Fund may need to liquidate investments to fund such redemptions or prepayments. Liquidation at times of adverse economic conditions may result in capital loss and reduce returns to Common Shareholders.
In addition, such redemption or prepayment would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction and could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. See “Use of Leverage—Interest Rate Transactions.”
The use by the Fund of leverage through Reverse Repurchase Agreements involves additional risks, including the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price. Also, Reverse Repurchase Agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the Reverse Repurchase Agreement may decline in price. If the buyer of securities under a Reverse Repurchase Agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes
63
insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. The use by the Fund of leverage through Reverse Repurchase Agreements also would involve the risk that the Fund will be required to sell securities at inopportune times or prices in order to repay leverage and the risk that the counterparty may be unable to return the securities to the Fund.
Interest Rate Transactions. In order to seek to reduce interest rate risk if the Fund engages in leverage through Borrowings, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions as to all or a portion of Fund leverage. In an interest rate swap, the Fund would agree to pay the counterparty a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate the Fund’s variable rate payment obligation on leverage. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. In an interest rate cap, the Fund would pay a premium to the counterparty to the interest rate swap and to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, would receive from the counterparty payments of the difference based on the notional amount of such cap. The Fund would typically use interest rate swaps or caps with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on the performance of the Common Shares as a result of leverage. The Fund may choose not to enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions or to enter into them to a limited extent, in which case the Fund would have greater exposure to interest rate risk.
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate swaps or caps could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline, and could result in a decline in the NAV of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s rate of payment on the interest rate swap, this will reduce the performance of the Common Shares. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the Fund’s rate of payment on the interest rate swap, this will enhance the performance of the Common Shares. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net income of the Common Shares in the event that the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional amount the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement. The Fund has no current intention of selling an interest rate swap or cap. The Fund will not enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions with an aggregate notional amount that exceeds the outstanding amount of the Fund’s leverage.
Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. In addition, if the counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset dividend or interest payments. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares. Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Investment Manager believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Investment Manager will continually monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments. In addition, at the time an interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares.
64
The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to maintain in a segregated account with its custodian cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily.
If, after the Fund enters into an interest rate swap or cap, short term interest rates decline significantly, the value of the swap or cap may decline by a material amount, which may in turn adversely affect the Fund’s NAV and the market price of the Common Shares.
The Fund may choose or be required to prepay any Borrowings or principal amounts of Reverse Repurchase Agreements, or redeem some or all of any outstanding Preferred Shares. This redemption or prepayment would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination could result in termination payment by or to the Fund.
The Fund may seek to hedge its interest rate exposure and any foreign currency exposure associated with borrowing in non-U.S. currencies using other transactions instead of, or in addition to, interest rate swaps and caps, such as other types of derivatives transactions and short sales of securities.
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
No Operating History. The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
Investment Risk. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
Market Risk. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the preferred securities, debt securities and other investments owned by the Fund. The value of these securities, like other investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Fund may utilize leverage, which magnifies this risk. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than what you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk.”
Risk of Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of this offering. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the shares will depend not upon the Fund’s NAV but entirely upon whether the market price of the shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the shares. Because the market price of the shares will be determined by factors such as relative supply of and demand for shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Investment Manager cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV, or at below or above the initial public offering price.
65
Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks. Unless the limited term provision of the Declaration of Trust is amended by the Board of Trustees and the shareholders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust, or unless the Fund completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Fund will terminate on or about the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extension as described under “Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer”). The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund as its investment objective is not to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon dissolution or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
Because the assets of the Fund will be liquidated in connection with the dissolution, the Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to the Dissolution Date and may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Fund to lose money. In particular, the Fund’s portfolio may still have large exposures to illiquid securities as the Dissolution Date approaches, and losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. During the Wind-Down Period, the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and may not achieve its investment objective. As a result, during the Wind-Down Period, the Fund’s distributions may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. It is expected that Common Shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund regardless of their participation in the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. However, if on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities for which no market exists or securities that are trading at depressed prices, such securities may be placed in a liquidating trust. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust. As the assets of the Fund will be liquidated in connection with its termination, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Fund to lose money. The Fund may receive proceeds from the disposition of portfolio investments that are less than the valuations of such investments by the Fund and, in particular, losses from the disposition of illiquid securities may be significant. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Fund could also cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the NAV and market price of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Fund to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses.
Moreover, in conducting such portfolio transactions, the Fund may need to deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s portfolio composition may change as its portfolio holdings mature or are called or sold in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date. During such period(s), it is possible that the Fund will hold a greater percentage of its total assets in shorter term and lower yielding securities and cash and cash equivalents than it would otherwise, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and adversely impact the Fund’s performance and distributions to Common Shareholders, which may in turn adversely impact the market value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Fund may be required to reduce its leverage, which could also adversely impact its performance. The additional cash or cash equivalents held by the Fund could be obtained through reducing the Fund’s distributions to Common Shareholders and/or holding cash in lieu of reinvesting, which could limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to or around the Dissolution Date, which may exacerbate the foregoing risks and considerations. A Common Shareholder may be subject to the foregoing risks over an extended period of time, particularly if the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer and is also subsequently terminated by or around the Dissolution Date.
If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and
66
then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Fund. In addition, the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Fund’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The risks related to the disposition of securities in connection with the Fund’s dissolution also would be present in connection with the disposition of securities in connection with an Eligible Tender Offer. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Fund will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. The tax effect of any such dispositions of portfolio investments will depend on the difference between the price at which the investments are sold and the tax basis of the Fund in the investments. Any capital gains recognized on such dispositions, as reduced by any capital losses the Fund realizes in the year of such dispositions and by any available capital loss carryforwards, will be distributed to shareholders as capital gain dividends (to the extent of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) or ordinary dividends (to the extent of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) during or with respect to such year, and such distributions will generally be taxable to Common Shareholders. If the Fund’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Fund will recognize capital gains, which the Fund will be required to distribute to Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. See “Taxation.”
The purchase of Common Shares by the Fund pursuant to a tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Fund of non-tendering Common Shareholders. All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer may be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also cause Common Shares to become thinly traded or otherwise negatively impact secondary trading of Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Furthermore, the portfolio of the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer could be significantly different and, therefore, Common Shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund could be subject to greater risk. For example, the Fund may be required to sell its more liquid, higher quality portfolio investments to purchase Common Shares that are tendered in an Eligible Tender Offer, which would leave a less liquid, lower quality portfolio for remaining shareholders. The prospects of an Eligible Tender Offer may attract arbitrageurs who would purchase the Common Shares prior to the tender offer for the sole purpose of tendering those shares which could have the effect of exacerbating the risks described herein for shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer.
The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that the number of tendered Common Shares would not result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extensions). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the number of tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, the Board of Trustees may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date without shareholder approval. Thereafter, the Fund will have a perpetual term. The Investment Manager may have a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board of Trustees that the Dissolution Date be eliminated because the Investment Manager would continue to receive management fees on the remaining assets of the Fund while it remains in existence. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV, and as a result remaining Common Shareholders may only be able to sell their Shares at a discount to NAV.
67
Preferred Securities Risk. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities. There are various risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including those described below. In addition, the on-going COVID-19 outbreak has increased certain risks associated with investing in preferred securities. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak could be short- or long-term and the full impact to financial markets is not yet known. See “Geopolitical Risk” below for additional information regarding the COVID-19 outbreak.
• |
Deferral and Omission Risk. Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer or omit distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. In certain cases, deferring or omitting distributions may be mandatory. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income. In addition, recent changes in bank regulations may increase the likelihood for issuers to defer or omit distributions. |
• |
Credit and Subordination Risk. Credit risk is the risk that a preferred security in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or the issuer of the security will fail to make dividend, interest or principal payments when due because the issuer experiences a decline in its financial status. Preferred securities are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments. |
• |
Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that preferred securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such securities generally will fall, and therefore the Fund may underperform during periods of rising interest rates. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of government monetary policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Preferred securities without maturities or with longer periods before maturity may be more sensitive to interest rate changes. |
• |
Prepayment and Extension Risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other factors will result in the call (repayment) of a preferred security more quickly than expected, such that the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities, or that expectations of such early call will negatively impact the market price of the security. Extension risk is the risk that changes in the interest rates or credit spreads may result in diminishing call expectations, which can cause prices to fall. |
• |
Floating-Rate and Fixed-to-Floating-Rate Securities Risk. The market value of floating-rate securities is a reflection of discounted expected cash flows based on expectations for future interest rate resets. The market value of such securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset. This risk may also be present with respect to fixed-to-floating-rate securities in which the Fund may invest. A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate securities will decline due to lower coupon payments on floating-rate securities. |
• |
Call, Reinvestment and Income Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer may be able to exercise an option to redeem its issue at par earlier than scheduled which is generally known as call risk. Recent regulatory changes may increase call risk with respect to certain types of preferred securities. If this occurs, the Fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as reinvestment risk. Preferred securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to repurchase the security prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem preferred securities if the issuer can refinance the preferred securities at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer, or in the event of regulatory changes affecting the capital treatment of a security. Another risk associated with a declining interest rate environment is that |
68
the income from the Fund’s portfolio may decline over time when the Fund invests the proceeds from new share sales at market rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. |
• |
Liquidity Risk. Certain preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books. |
• |
Limited Voting Rights Risk. Generally, traditional preferred securities offer no voting rights with respect to the issuer unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board of directors. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. Hybrid-preferred security holders generally have no voting rights. |
• |
Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may have a negative impact on the return of the security held by the Fund. See “Call, Reinvestment and Income Risk” above and “Regulatory Risk” below. |
• |
New Types of Securities. From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities and contingent capital securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Investment Manager believes that doing so would be consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility. |
Debt Securities Risk. There are special risks associated with investing in debt securities, including:
• |
Credit Risk. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer of a security will not be able to make payments of interest and principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. |
• |
Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such securities generally will fall, and therefore the Fund may underperform during periods of rising interest rates. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of government monetary policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Debt securities with longer periods before maturity may be more sensitive to interest rate changes. |
• |
Prepayment and Extension Risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other factors will result in the call (repayment) of a debt security more quickly than expected, such that the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities, or that expectations of such early call will negatively impact the market price of the security. Extension risk is the risk that changes in the interest rates or credit spreads may result in diminishing call expectations, which can cause prices to fall. |
• |
Call Risk. Call risk is the risk that, during a period of falling interest rates, the issuer may redeem a security by repaying it early, which may reduce the Fund’s income if the proceeds are reinvested at lower interest rates. |
• |
Liquidity Risk. Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities |
69
will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books. |
• |
Convertible Securities Risk. The market value of a convertible security performs like that of a regular debt security; that is, if market interest rates rise, the value of a convertible security usually falls. In addition, convertible securities are subject to the risk that the issuer will not be able to pay interest or dividends when due, and their market value may change based on changes in the issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because it derives a portion of its value from the common stock into which it may be converted, a convertible security is also subject to the same types of market and issuer risk as apply to the underlying common stock. |
Risk of Concentration in the Financials Sector. Because the Fund invests a substantial portion of its net assets in the financials sector, it will be more susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting this sector, such as changes in interest rates, loan concentration and competition. In addition, the Fund will also be subject to the risks of investing in the individual industries and securities that comprise the financials sector, including:
• |
Banking Industry Risk. Banks depend upon being able to obtain funds at reasonable costs and upon liquidity in the capital and credit markets to finance their lending and other operations which makes banks sensitive to changes in money market and general economic conditions. When a bank’s borrowers have financial trouble, their failure to repay the bank will adversely affect the bank’s financial situation. Banks are also highly regulated. Decisions by regulators may limit the loans banks make and the interest rates and fees they charge, and may reduce bank profitability. |
• |
Real Estate Industry Risk. Investments in real estate are closely linked to the performance of the real estate markets. Property values may fall due to increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. Real estate company prices also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management, and residential developers, in particular, could be negatively impacted by falling home prices, slower mortgage origination and rising construction costs. |
• |
Insurance Industry Risk. The insurance industry is subject to extensive government regulation and can be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, price and market competition, the imposition of premium rate caps or other changes in government regulation or tax law. Certain segments of the insurance industry can be significantly affected by mortality and morbidity rates, environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts. |
• |
Diversified Financials Industry Risk. The diversified financial services industry is comprised of financial services companies which have no dominant business line, but instead provide, or else hold interests in, a range of services which cross multiple financial industries. As such, investments in this industry may be subject to the same risks posed by investments in the preceding three industries, including adverse changes to interest rates, general economic conditions, market competition, and applicable regulations. |
To the extent that the Fund focuses its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with these particular sectors and industries. These sectors and industries may be adversely affected by, among others, changes in government regulation, world events and economic conditions.
Below Investment Grade and Unrated Securities Risk. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager. Securities rated below investment grade are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and these bonds are
70
commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” securities. These securities are subject to a greater risk of default. The prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Lower grade securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade securities. The market values of lower grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade securities.
Lower-rated securities, or equivalent unrated securities, may be considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of lower-rated securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities, and the Fund’s ability to achieve the Fund’s investment objectives may, to the extent the Fund is invested in lower-rated securities, be more dependent upon such creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality securities. An issuer of these securities may have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default and the issuer may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
The secondary markets in which lower-rated securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading markets could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a particular lower-rated security when necessary to meet liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund’s shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions may decrease the values and liquidity of lower rated securities.
It is reasonable to expect that any adverse economic conditions could disrupt the market for lower-rated securities, have an adverse impact on the value of those securities and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of those securities to repay principal or interest on those securities. New laws and proposed new laws may adversely impact the market for lower-rated securities.
NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Appendix B to the SAI describes the various ratings assigned to financial obligations by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. Ratings assigned by a NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. NRSROs may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. NRSROs may be paid by the companies whose securities they analyze and grade. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays an NRSRO for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below what its rating was at the time of purchase. The Investment Manager does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a security may change over time. S&P, Moody’s and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, securities held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.
The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in unrated securities (securities which are not rated by an NRSRO) if the Investment Manager determines that investment in the securities is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Investment Manager may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. If a security is unrated, the Investment Manager will assign a rating using its own analysis of issuer quality. Because the Fund may invest in high yield and/or unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objectives may depend more heavily on the Investment Manager’s analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. The Investment Manager will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in lower rated or unrated securities through active portfolio management, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the financial markets.
71
Contingent Capital Securities Risk. CoCos, sometimes referred to as contingent convertible securities, are debt or preferred securities with loss absorption characteristics built into the terms of the security for the benefit of the issuer, for example, an automatic write-down of principal or a mandatory conversion into common stock of the issuer under certain circumstances, such as the issuer’s capital ratio falling below a certain level. CoCos may be subject to an automatic write-down (i.e., the automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of the securities, potentially to zero, and the cancellation of the securities) under certain circumstances, which could result in the Fund losing a portion or all of its investment in such securities. In addition, the Fund may not have any rights with respect to repayment of the principal amount of the securities that has not become due or the payment of interest or dividends on such securities for any period from (and including) the interest or dividend payment date falling immediately prior to the occurrence of such automatic write-down. An automatic write-down could also result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. If a CoCo provides for mandatory conversion of the security into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances, such as an adverse event, the Fund could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, as a result of the issuer’s common shares not paying a dividend. In addition, a conversion event would likely be the result of or related to the deterioration of the issuer’s financial condition (e.g., such as a decrease in the issuer’s capital ratio) and status as a going concern, so the market price of the issuer’s common shares received by the Fund may have declined, perhaps substantially, and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect the Fund’s NAV. Further, the issuer’s common shares would be subordinate to the issuer’s other security classes and therefore worsen the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding. In addition, most CoCos are considered to be “high yield” or “junk” securities and are therefore subject to the risks of investment in below investment grade securities.
It will often be difficult to predict when, if at all, an automatic write-down or conversion event will occur. Accordingly, the trading behavior of CoCos may not follow the trading behavior of other types of debt and preferred securities. Any indication that an automatic write-down or conversion event may occur can be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price of the CoCos. CoCos are a relatively new form of security and the full effects of an automatic write-down or conversion event have not been experienced broadly in the marketplace. The occurrence of an automatic write-down or conversion event may be unpredictable and the potential effects of such event on the Fund’s yield, NAV and/or market price may be adverse.
Foreign (Non-U.S.) and Emerging Market Securities Risk. Investing in foreign securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to:
• |
future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; |
• |
different legal systems; |
• |
the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; |
• |
less governmental supervision; |
• |
regulation changes; |
• |
less publicly available information about foreign companies due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices; |
• |
high and volatile rates of inflation; |
• |
Foreign currency devaluation; |
• |
fluctuating interest rates; and |
• |
different accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements. |
Investments in foreign securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the Fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. Political developments in foreign countries or the United States may at times
72
subject such countries to sanctions from the U.S. government, foreign governments and/or international institutions that could negatively affect the Fund’s investments in issuers located in, doing business in, or with assets in such countries. Certain countries in which the Fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of:
• |
the possibility of expropriation of assets; |
• |
confiscatory taxation; |
• |
difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; |
• |
economic, political or social instability; and |
• |
diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. |
• |
In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: |
• |
growth of gross domestic product; |
• |
rates of inflation; |
• |
capital reinvestment; |
• |
resources; |
• |
self-sufficiency; and |
• |
balance of payments position. |
To the extent the Fund’s investments are focused in a geographic region or country, the Fund will be subject, to a greater extent than if the Fund’s assets were less geographically focused, to the risks of adverse changes in that region or country. In addition, certain investments in foreign securities also may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s return on those securities.
The Fund may hold foreign securities of developed market issuers and emerging market issuers. Investing in securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to potential economic, political or social instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation, trade sanctions or embargoes or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, the lack of hedging instruments, and on repatriation of capital invested. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets. The limited size of emerging securities markets and limited trading value compared to the volume of trading in U.S. securities could cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the quality of the securities. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and investors’ perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities, especially in these markets. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates and corresponding currency devaluations have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
As a result of these potential risks, the Investment Manager may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Fund may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including the Investment Manager, have had no or limited prior experience.
73
Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk. Although the Fund will report its NAV and pay dividends in U.S. dollars, foreign securities often are purchased with and make interest and dividend payments in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Fund’s investments in foreign securities will be subject to foreign currency risk, which means that the Fund’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of foreign securities to make payment of principal, dividends, and interest to investors located outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise.
The Fund may (but is not required to) engage in investments that are designed to hedge the Fund’s foreign currency risks, including foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, put and call option on foreign currencies and foreign currency swaps. Such transactions may reduce returns or increase volatility, perhaps substantially. While these practices will be entered into to seek to manage these risks, these practices may not prove to be successful or may have the effect of limiting the gains from favorable market movements.
Foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, OTC options on foreign currencies and foreign currency swaps are subject to the risk of default by the counterparty and can be illiquid. These currency hedging transactions, as well as the futures contracts and exchange-listed options in which the Fund may invest, are subject to many of the risks of, and can be highly sensitive to changes in the value of, the related currency or other reference asset. As such, a small investment could have a potentially large impact on the Fund’s performance. Whether or not the Fund engages in currency hedging transactions, the Fund may experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities, in U.S. dollar terms, due solely to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Use of currency hedging transactions may cause the Fund to experience losses greater than if the Fund had not engaged in such transactions.
The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or character of the Fund’s distributions.
Convertible Securities Risk. Although to a lesser extent than with nonconvertible fixed income securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stock. A unique feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock.
Derivatives Risk. Derivatives transactions can be highly volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Derivatives transactions may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on the Fund’s performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on the Fund’s portfolio. In certain types of derivatives transactions the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment; in other types of derivatives transactions the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
74
The market for many derivatives is, or suddenly can become, illiquid. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices for derivatives transactions. The Fund could experience losses if it were unable to liquidate a derivative position because of an illiquid secondary market. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivatives transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make cash payments of variation (or mark-to-market) margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. The inability to close derivatives transactions positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to effectively hedge its portfolio.
Successful use of derivatives transactions also is subject to the ability of the Investment Manager to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. Derivatives transactions entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Fund’s portfolio of securities may have the effect of limiting gains from otherwise favorable market movements. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used (and a loss on a derivatives transaction position may be larger than the gain in a portfolio position being hedged), may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment, or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held as collateral with respect to derivatives transactions may not otherwise be available to the Fund for investment purposes. The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, political developments, government intervention or failure to intervene, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Fund to deliver or receive a specified currency.
The Fund may enter into swap, cap or other transactions to attempt to protect itself from increasing interest or dividend expenses resulting from increasing short-term interest rates on any leverage it incurs or increasing interest rates on securities held in its portfolio. A decline in interest rates may result in a decline in the value of the transaction, which may result in a decline in the NAV of the Fund. A sudden and dramatic decline in interest rates may result in a significant decline in the NAV of the Fund. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the use of interest rate hedging transactions could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares.
In the event the Fund enters into forward currency contracts for hedging purposes, the Fund will be subject to currency exchange rates risk. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time and also can be affected unpredictably by intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. The Fund’s success in these transactions will depend principally on the ability of the Investment Manager to predict accurately future foreign currency exchange rates. Additional risks associated with derivatives trading include counterparty risk, liquidity risk and tracking/correlation risk.
75
The Fund’s investments in forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps would subject the Fund to risks specific to derivatives transactions, including: the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use derivative instruments depends on the ability of the Investment Manager to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of derivative instruments for hedging, currency or interest rate management, or other purposes may result in losses greater than if they had not been used.
Structured notes and other related instruments carry risks similar to those of more traditional derivatives such as futures, forward and option contracts. However, structured instruments may entail a greater degree of market risk and volatility than other types of debt obligations.
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to certain derivatives transactions entered into by the Fund. Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated OTC transactions. Each party to an OTC derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default.
If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives transactions is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy their obligations to the Fund.
Rule 144A Securities Risk. Rule 144A Securities are considered restricted securities because they are not registered for sale to the general public and may only be resold to certain qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for Rule 144A Securities that exist or may develop may provide both readily ascertainable values for such securities and the ability to promptly sell such securities. However, if there are an insufficient number of qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A Securities held by the Fund, the Fund will be subject to liquidity risk and thus may not be able to sell the Rule 144A Securities at a desirable time or price.
Regulation S Securities Risk. Regulation S securities are offered through non-U.S. offerings without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act. Regulation S securities may be relatively less liquid as a result of legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Because Regulation S securities are generally less liquid than registered securities, the Fund may take longer to liquidate these positions than publicly traded securities or may not be able to sell them at the price desired. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded or otherwise offered in the United States. Accordingly, Regulation S securities may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in losses to the Fund.
LIBOR Risk. Many financial instruments are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies, or investment value. LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. In 2017, the head of the UK Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Alternatives to LIBOR are in development in many major financial markets. For example, the U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), a broad measure of secured overnight U.S. Treasury
76
repo rates, as a possible replacement for U.S. dollar LIBOR. Bank working groups and regulators in other countries have suggested other alternatives for their markets, including the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (SONIA) in England. Other countries are introducing their own local-currency-denominated alternative reference rates for short-term lending and global consensus on alternative rates is lacking. It is likely that panel banks will cease reporting LIBOR as soon as they are able to, effectively phasing it out as of 2022; however, the LIBOR transition might be extended. The official sector appears resistant to adjusting deadlines but there may be more pressing demands on regulators and companies stemming from COVID-19. There remains uncertainty and risk regarding the willingness and ability of issuers and lenders to include enhanced provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments, the suitability of the proposed replacement rates, and the process for amending existing contracts and instruments remains unclear. As such, the transition away from LIBOR may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that are tied to LIBOR, reduced values of, inaccurate valuations of, and miscalculations of payment amounts for LIBOR-related investments or investments in issuers that utilize LIBOR, increased difficulty in borrowing or refinancing and reduced effectiveness of hedging strategies, adversely affecting the Fund’s performance or NAV. In addition, any alternative reference rate may be an ineffective substitute resulting in prolonged adverse market conditions for the Fund. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 and could extend into 2022 or beyond.
Other Investment Companies Risk. To the extent the Fund invests a portion of its assets in investment companies, including open-end funds, closed-end funds, ETFs and other types of pooled investment funds, those assets will be subject to the risks of the purchased investment companies’ portfolio securities, and a shareholder in the Fund will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also indirectly the expenses of the purchased investment companies. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. Risks associated with investments in closed-end funds also generally include the risks described in this prospectus associated with the Fund’s structure as a closed-end investment company, including market risk, leverage risk, risk of market price discount from NAV, risk of anti-takeover provisions and non-diversification. In addition, restrictions under the 1940 Act may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies to the extent desired.
The SEC has proposed regulations that may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies. The proposed regulations, if adopted, could also significantly affect the Fund’s ability to redeem its investments in other investment companies, making such investments less attractive. The final terms of any proposed regulations are not known as of the date of this prospectus, but they could cause the Fund to incur losses, realize taxable gains distributable to shareholders, incur greater or unexpected expenses or experience other adverse consequences.
In addition, investments in other investment companies may be subject to the following risks:
• |
Manager Risk. The Fund’s investments in other funds are subject to the ability of the managers of those funds to achieve the funds’ investment objectives. |
• |
Dilution Risk. Strategies employed by a closed-end fund, such as rights offerings, may, under certain circumstances, have the effect of reducing its share price and the Fund’s proportionate interest. |
• |
Foreign Fund Risk. Risks associated with investments in non-U.S. funds may be different than those of investments in U.S. funds. Non-U.S. funds are subject to different regulatory regimes that may be less rigorous than in the United States in areas such as governance and financial reporting requirements. There also may be less publicly available information about such funds, and investments in these funds may carry special tax consequences. In addition, non-U.S. funds are generally subject to the risks of investing in other types of foreign securities. |
• |
Business Development Companies (“BDCs”) Risk. Investments in closed-end funds that are BDCs may be subject to a high degree of risk. BDCs typically invest in small and medium-sized companies that may not have access to public equity markets for capital raising. As a result, a BDC’s portfolio |
77
typically will include a substantial amount of securities purchased in private placements, and the portfolio may carry risks similar to those of a private equity or venture capital fund. Securities that are not publicly registered may be difficult to value and may be difficult to sell at a price representative of their intrinsic value. |
• |
ETF Risk. An ETF that is based on a specific index, whether securities, commodities or a combination of the two, may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities in the index. An ETF also incurs certain expenses not incurred by its applicable index. The market value of an ETF share may differ from its NAV; the share may trade at a premium or discount to its NAV, which may be due to, among other things, differences in the supply and demand in the market for the share and the supply and demand in the market for the underlying assets of the ETF. In addition, certain securities that are part of the index tracked by an ETF may, at times, be unavailable, which may impede the ETF’s ability to track its index. An ETF that utilizes leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid, which can affect whether its share price approximates NAV. As a result of using leverage, a leveraged ETF is subject to the risk of failure in the futures and options markets it uses to obtain leverage and the risk that a counterparty will default on its obligations, which can result in a loss to the Fund. |
Common Stock Risk. Common stocks are subject to special risks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in returns. Common stocks may be more susceptible to adverse changes in market value due to issuer specific events or general movements in the equities markets. A drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks held by the Fund. Common stock prices fluctuate for many reasons, including changes to investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or the occurrence of political or economic events affecting issuers. For example, an adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of common stock in which the Fund has invested; the price of common stock of an issuer may be particularly sensitive to general movements in the stock market; or a drop in the stock market may depress the price of most or all of the common stocks held by the Fund. Also, common stock of an issuer in the Fund’s portfolio may decline in price if the issuer fails to make anticipated dividend payments because, among other reasons, the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial condition. The common stocks in which the Fund will invest are typically subordinated to preferred securities, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and assets, and, therefore, will be subject to greater risk than the preferred securities or debt instruments of such issuers. In addition, common stock prices may be sensitive to rising interest rates as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase.
Government Securities Risk. Not all obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Some obligations are backed only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality, and in some cases there may be some risk of default by the issuer. Any guarantee by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities of a security held by the Fund does not apply to the market value of such security or to the Common Shares. In addition, a security backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States is guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity, but the market prices of such securities are not guaranteed and will fluctuate. In addition, because many types of U.S. Government securities trade actively outside the United States, their prices may rise and fall as changes in global economic conditions affect the demand for these securities.
Municipal Securities Risk. Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states or by political subdivisions or authorities of states. Municipal securities are typically designated as general obligation bonds, which are general obligations of a governmental entity that are backed by the taxing power of such entity, or revenue bonds, which are payable from the income of a specific project or authority and are not supported by the issuer’s power to levy taxes. Municipal securities are long-term fixed rate debt obligations that generally decline in value with increases in interest rates, when an issuer’s financial condition worsens or when the rating on a
78
bond is decreased. Many municipal securities may be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity. Lower-quality revenue bonds and other credit-sensitive municipal securities carry higher risks of default than general obligation bonds. In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds. Special factors, such as legislative changes, local and business developments, and public perception, may adversely affect the yield and/or value of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities. Other factors include the general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.
Many municipal securities are subject to continuing requirements as to the actual use of the bond proceeds or manner of operation of the project financed from those proceeds that may affect the exemption of interest on such securities from U.S. federal income taxation. The market for municipal securities is generally less liquid than for other securities, and therefore the price of municipal securities may be more volatile and subject to greater price fluctuations than securities with greater liquidity. In addition, an issuer’s ability to make income distributions generally depends on several factors including the financial condition of the issuer and general economic conditions.
The cost associated with combating the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) and its negative impact on tax revenues has adversely affected the financial condition of state and local governments. In the past, a number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, were downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings during economic or market turmoil or a recession. The effects of this outbreak could affect the ability of state and local governments to make payments on debt obligations when due and could adversely impact the value of their bonds, which could negatively impact the performance of the Fund.
Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in investments that may be illiquid (i.e., securities that may be difficult to sell at a desirable time or price). Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Illiquid investments involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books. Restricted securities and illiquid securities are often more difficult to value and the sale of such securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of liquid securities trading on national securities exchanges or in the OTC markets. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities result from negotiations between the issuer and purchaser of such securities and therefore vary substantially in length and scope. To dispose of a restricted security that the Fund has a contractual right to sell, the Fund may first be required to cause the security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when the Fund would be permitted to sell, during which time the Fund would bear market risks.
Leverage Risk. The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. See “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk.”
Certain other investment strategies, such as short sales or the use of derivatives, may also be considered a form of economic leverage and may be subject to the risks associated with the use of leverage. Leverage is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs associated with leveraging. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for Common Shareholders, including (i) the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; (ii) the risk that fluctuations in the interest or dividend rates that the Fund must pay on any leverage will reduce the return on the holders of the Common Shares; (iii) the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares; and (iv) leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. If
79
the Fund utilizes leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for investment advisory and management services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include the principal amount of outstanding Borrowings the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares, if any, and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may borrow in foreign currencies, which will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “—Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Risk.” Any such exposure is subject to the risk that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency in which the Fund has borrowed, in which case the Fund will be worse off than if it had borrowed in U.S. dollars. Similar risks may apply if the Fund engages in leveraging transactions through the use of derivatives.
ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS
Tax Risk. No assurance can be given as to what percentage of the distributions paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of tax-advantaged qualified dividend income or long-term capital gain or what the tax rates on various types of income will be in future years. The maximum long-term capital gain tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income is currently 20%, 15%, or 0% for individuals depending on the amount of their taxable income for the year. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will also apply in the case of some individuals. In addition, it may be difficult to obtain information regarding whether distributions by non-U.S. entities in which the Fund invests should be regarded as qualified dividend income. Furthermore, to receive qualified dividend income treatment, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the dividend-paying securities in its portfolio, and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Common Shares. Holding periods may be affected by certain of the Fund’s transactions in options and other derivatives. There can be no guarantee that U.S. federal tax laws will not change in the future. See “Taxation.”
Active Management Risk. As an actively managed portfolio, the value of the Fund’s investments could decline because the financial condition of an issuer may change (due to such factors as management performance, reduced demand or overall market changes), financial markets may fluctuate or overall prices may decline, or the Investment Manager’s investment techniques could fail to achieve the Fund’s investment objectives or negatively affect the Fund’s investment performance.
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. The Investment Manager and its affiliates are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Fund. The Investment Manager and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Manager and its affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither the Investment Manager nor its affiliates are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Fund. As a result, other accounts of the Investment Manager and its affiliates may compete with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of other accounts managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more of the proprietary or other accounts managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates achieve profits. The Investment Manager has informed the Fund’s Board of Trustees that the investment professionals associated with the Investment Manager are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund’s business and affairs. The Investment Manager and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests and to allocate investments among the accounts managed by the Investment Manager and its affiliates in a fair and equitable manner.
Dependence on Key Personnel Risk. The Investment Manager is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Investment
80
Manager were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Investment Manager might not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds. In addition, the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of individuals who become associated with the Investment Manager in the future.
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The techniques and strategies contemplated by the Fund might result in a high degree of portfolio turnover. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it may be greater than 100%. There are no limits on the rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when the Fund’s investment strategy so dictates. Higher portfolio turnover rates would result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions and may generate short-term capital gains that are taxable as ordinary income to Common Shareholders when distributed to such shareholders.
Non-Diversified Status. The Fund is classified as a “non-diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act, which means the Fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. However, the Fund intends to conduct its operations so as to qualify as a RIC for purposes of the Code (including by meeting the applicable diversification requirements under the Code), which generally will relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent the Fund’s earnings are distributed to shareholders. See “Taxation” in this prospectus and the SAI. Because the Fund, as a non-diversified investment company, may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than a diversified investment company, an investment in the Fund presents greater risk to you than an investment in a diversified company.
Anti-Takeover Provisions. Certain provisions of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and Bylaws could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to modify the Fund’s structure. The provisions may have the effect of depriving you of an opportunity to sell your shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and may have the effect of inhibiting conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. These include provisions for staggered terms of office for members of the Board of Trustees, super-majority voting requirements for merger, consolidation, liquidation, termination and asset sale transactions, amendments to the Declaration of Trust and conversion to open-end status. See “Description of Shares” and “Certain Provisions of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.”
Geopolitical Risk. Occurrence of global events similar to those in recent years, such as war, terrorist attacks, natural or environmental disasters, country instability, infectious disease epidemics, such as that caused by the COVID-19 virus, market instability, debt crises and downgrades, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers and other governmental trade or market control programs, the potential exit of a country from its respective union and related geopolitical events, may result in market volatility and may have long-lasting impacts on both the U.S. and global financial markets. Additionally, those events, as well as other changes in foreign and domestic political and economic conditions, could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment and other factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments.
An outbreak of respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus designated as COVID-19 has resulted in, among other things, extreme volatility in the financial markets and severe losses, reduced liquidity of many instruments, significant travel restrictions, significant disruptions to business operations, supply chains and customer activity, lower consumer demand for goods and services, service and event cancellations, reductions and other changes, strained healthcare systems, as well as general concern and uncertainty. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak has negatively affected the global economy, the economies of individual countries, and the financial performance of individual issuers, sectors, industries, asset classes, and markets in significant and unforeseen ways. Pandemics may also exacerbate other pre-existing political, social, economic, market and financial risks. The effects of the outbreak in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to less established health care systems and supply chains. The COVID-19 pandemic and its effects may be short term or, particularly in the event of a “second wave” of infections, may result in a sustained economic downturn or a
81
global recession, ongoing market volatility and/or decreased liquidity in the financial markets, exchange trading suspensions and closures, higher default rates, domestic and foreign political and social instability and damage to diplomatic and international trade relations. There are numerous potential vaccines in development, but the scalability and effectiveness of such vaccines are unknown. Even if an effective vaccine were to become readily available, the political, social, economic, market and financial risks of COVID-19 could persist for years to come. The foregoing could impair the Fund’s ability to maintain operational standards, disrupt the operations of the Fund’s service providers, adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments, and negatively impact the Fund’s performance and your investment in the Fund.
On January 31, 2020, the UK withdrew from the European Union (EU) (referred to as Brexit), commencing a transition period. During this period, the UK will no longer be considered a member state of the EU, but will remain subject to EU law, regulations and maintain access to the EU single market while the UK and EU negotiate and agree on the nature of their future relationship. The transition period is expected to end December 31, 2020, subject to extension. Brexit has resulted in volatility in European and global markets and could have negative long-term impacts on financial markets in the UK and throughout Europe. There is considerable uncertainty about the potential consequences of Brexit, how negotiations of trade agreements will proceed, and how the financial markets will react. As this process unfolds, markets may be further disrupted. Given the size and importance of the UK’s economy, uncertainty about its legal, political and economic relationship with the remaining member states of the EU may continue to be a source of instability. In addition, if the UK and the EU are unable to agree on trade and/or other agreements by the end of the transition period, or a related extension, the economic impact resulting from Brexit may be more negative.
Growing tensions, including trade disputes, between the United States and other nations, or among foreign powers, and possible diplomatic, trade or other sanctions could adversely impact the global economy, financial markets and the Fund. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies may, among other things, adversely affect the Fund’s investments denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies. It is difficult to predict when similar events affecting the U.S. or global financial markets may occur, the effects that such events may have, and the duration of those effects.
Real Estate Risk. To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Property values may fall due to increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. Real estate company prices also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management, and residential developers, in particular, could be negatively impacted by falling home prices, slower mortgage origination and rising construction costs. REITs generally are dependent upon management skills and may not be diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to (i) qualify for favorable tax treatment under applicable tax law, or (ii) maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.
Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Fund and its service providers (including the Investment Manager) may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks and/or other technological malfunctions. In general, cyber-attacks are deliberate, but unintentional events may have similar effects. Cyber-attacks include, among others, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, preventing legitimate users from accessing information or services on a website, releasing confidential information without authorization, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets and causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, the Fund, the Investment Manager, or a custodian, transfer agent, or other affiliated or third-party service provider may adversely affect the Fund or its shareholders. For instance,
82
cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, affect the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and additional compliance costs. Furthermore, as a result of breaches in cyber security or other operational and technology disruptions or failures, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or an entire market, which may result in the Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or unable to accurately price its investments. While the Fund has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Similar types of cyber security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.
Each of the Fund and the Investment Manager may have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber-attacks or security or technology breakdowns affecting the Fund’s third-party service providers. While the Fund has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent or reduce the impact of cyber-attacks, such plans and systems are subject to inherent limitations.
Regulatory Risk. The U.S. government has proposed and adopted multiple regulations that could have a long-lasting impact on the Fund and on the mutual fund industry in general. The SEC’s final rules and amendments that modernize reporting and disclosure, along with other potential upcoming regulations, could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in transactions, and/or increase overall expenses of the Fund. In addition, the SEC, Congress, various exchanges and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, both domestic and foreign, have undertaken reviews of the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, which could affect the nature and extent of instruments used by the Fund. While the full extent of all of these regulations is still unclear, these regulations and actions may adversely affect both the Fund and the instruments in which the Fund invests and its ability to execute its investment strategy. Similarly, regulatory developments in other countries may have an unpredictable and adverse impact on the Fund.
The SEC has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions, which may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Investment Manager’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued preferred shares or has borrowings, Reverse Repurchase Agreements or similar transactions outstanding.
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk. The risks associated with mortgage-related securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-related security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral.
Asset-backed securities involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-related securities: (1) primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as mortgage-related securities and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay; (2) credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due; and (3) most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession
83
of the underlying obligations. If these obligations are sold to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. There is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.
Investment Limitations. The Fund has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk that are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” (as defined below) Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting as a single class, and the approval of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. Under these limitations, the Fund may not: (1) issue senior securities (including borrowing money for other than temporary purposes) except in conformity with the limits set forth in the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief therefrom, or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets other than to secure such issuances or borrowings or in connection with permitted investment strategies; (2) act as an underwriter of securities issued by other persons; (3) generally directly purchase or sell real estate; (4) make loans to other persons except through the lending of securities held by it; or (5) invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry (except as discussed herein). Further information about and exceptions to these limitations are contained in the SAI under “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Investment Restrictions.” For these purposes, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means the lesser of (a) 67% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities.
The Fund may become subject to guidelines that are more limiting than its investment restrictions in order to obtain and maintain ratings from NRSROs on any Preferred Shares that it issues. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Common Shareholders or the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. See “Investment Objectives and Policies” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Fund.
Management of Investment Portfolio and Capital Structure to Limit Leverage Risk. The Fund may take certain actions if short-term interest rates increase or market conditions otherwise change (or the Fund anticipates such an increase or change) and the Fund has incurred leverage which begins (or is expected) to adversely affect Common Shareholders. In order to attempt to offset such a negative impact of leverage on Common Shareholders, the Fund may attempt to shorten the average maturity of its overall investment portfolio or may reduce its Borrowings or any Reverse Repurchase Agreements or extend the maturity of any outstanding Preferred Shares. The Fund may also attempt to reduce the leverage by redeeming or otherwise purchasing any Preferred Shares. As explained above under “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk,” the success of any such attempt to limit leverage risk depends on the Investment Manager’s ability to accurately predict interest rate or other market changes. Because of the difficulty of making such predictions, the Fund may never attempt to manage its capital structure in the manner described in this paragraph.
Derivative Transactions. The Fund may enter into derivative transactions to manage risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.”
Limitations on Borrowings, Preferred Shares and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund is limited under Section 18 of the 1940 Act in the level of Borrowings it may incur and the amount of Preferred Shares it may issue to 331⁄3% and 50%, respectively, of its total assets. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares—Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares and Borrowings.” A Reverse Repurchase Agreement would not be subject to the limitations imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act. As a result, if the Fund enters into Reverse Repurchase Agreements, it would be permitted to leverage more of its assets than would be permissible through the use of Borrowings and/or the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund’s financing, however, obtainable through Reverse
84
Repurchase Agreements is not expected to exceed 331⁄3% of the Fund’s total assets. To the extent the Fund enters into Reverse Repurchase Agreements, the Fund will “cover” its exposure under the Reverse Repurchase Agreements by designating on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). The Fund has no current intention to utilize leverage through the issuance of Preferred Shares or the use of Reverse Repurchase Agreements. See “Use of Leverage.”
The business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Board of Trustees (the “Trustees”) approve all significant agreements between the Fund and persons or companies furnishing services to it, including the Fund’s agreement with its Investment Manager, co-administrator, custodian and transfer agent. The management of the Fund’s day-to-day operations is delegated to its officers, the Investment Manager and the Fund’s co-administrator, subject always to the investment objectives and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the Trustees. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.
Investment Manager
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., with offices located at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, has been retained to provide investment advice, and, in general, to conduct the management and investment program of the Fund under the overall supervision and control of the Trustees of the Fund. The Investment Manager, a registered investment adviser, was formed in 1986, and as of August 31, 2020 had $72.1 billion of assets under management. Its clients include pension plans, endowment funds and registered investment companies, including some of the largest open-end and closed-end real estate funds. Registered open- and closed-end funds advised by the Investment Manager (the “Cohen & Steers Funds”) invest in U.S. and non-U.S. real estate investment trusts and other real estate securities, infrastructure securities, preferred and other fixed income securities, commodities and other “real” assets. The Investment Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cohen & Steers, Inc., a publicly traded company whose common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol (“CNS”).
Investment Management Agreement
Under its Investment Management Agreement with the Fund, the Investment Manager furnishes a continuous investment program for the Fund’s portfolio, makes the day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund, and generally manages the Fund’s investments in accordance with the stated policies of the Fund, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The Investment Manager will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio. The Investment Manager also performs certain administrative services for the Fund and provides persons satisfactory to the Trustees of the Fund to serve as officers of the Fund. Such officers, as well as certain other employees and Trustees of the Fund, may be trustees, officers or employees of the Investment Manager. For a description of the sales load, structuring fees and other compensation paid to the Underwriters, see “Underwriters.”
For its services under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund will pay the Investment Manager a monthly investment management fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. In addition to the monthly management fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees, administration, custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of issuing any preferred shares, listing expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any. If the Fund utilizes leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for investment advisory and administration services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets,
85
which includes the NAV of the Common Shares, the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements entered into by the Fund. The Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses are paid only by the Common Shareholders and not by holders of the Preferred Shares. See “Use of Leverage.”
A discussion regarding the considerations of the Fund’s Board of Trustees for approving the Investment Management Agreement will be included in the Fund’s first report to shareholders.
Portfolio Managers
The Fund’s portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund:
William F. Scapell. Mr. Scapell currently serves as Executive Vice President of the Investment Manager and prior to that, Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager since joining the Investment Manager in 2003. Prior to joining the Investment Manager, Mr. Scapell was a director in the fixed-income research department of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., where he also was its chief strategist for preferred securities. He was previously in bank supervision and monetary policy roles at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for five years. Mr. Scapell is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Elaine Zaharis-Nikas. Ms. Zaharis-Nikas joined the Investment Manager in 2003 and currently serves as Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager. Prior to that, Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2005. Prior to joining the Investment Manager, Ms. Zaharis-Nikas was a credit analyst for five years, and an internal auditor for three years, at J.P. Morgan Chase. Ms. Zaharis-Nikas is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Jerry Dorost. Mr. Dorost joined the Investment Manager in 2010 and currently serves as Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager. Mr. Dorost is a Chartered Financial Analyst. He is based in New York.
The Investment Manager utilizes a team-based approach in managing the Fund. Mr. Scapell directs and supervises the execution of the Fund’s investment strategy, and leads and guides the other members of the investment team.
See “Management of the Fund—Compensation of Trustees and Certain Officers” and “Investment Management and Other Services” in the SAI for further information about the Fund’s portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.
Administration and Co-Administration Agreement
Under the Administration Agreement with the Fund, the Investment Manager will have responsibility for providing administrative services and assisting the Fund with operational needs, including providing administrative services necessary for the operations of the Fund and furnishing office space and facilities required for conducting the business of the Fund.
In accordance with the Administration Agreement and with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, the Fund has entered into an agreement with State Street as co-administrator under a fund accounting and administration agreement (the “Co-Administration Agreement”). Under the Co-Administration Agreement, State Street has assumed responsibility for certain fund administration services.
Under the Administration Agreement, the Fund pays the Investment Manager an amount equal to, on an annual basis, 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. Under the Co-Administration Agreement, the
86
Fund pays State Street a monthly co-administration fee. The co-administration fee paid by the Fund to State Street is computed on the basis of the average daily managed assets in the Fund at an annual rate equal to 0.0040% of the first $12.5 billion in managed assets, 0.0032% of the next $12.5 billion in managed assets, 0.0025% of the next $10 billion in managed assets, and 0.0015% of managed assets in excess of $35 billion. The Fund also pays certain fixed amounts for additional services. The aggregate fee paid by the Fund and the other Cohen & Steers Funds to State Street is computed by calculating the effective rate for all the funds and multiplying the monthly average net assets of each respective fund in the complex by that effective rate. For those funds with preferred shares or borrowings outstanding, the monthly average net assets will be adjusted by the monthly average liquidation preference of the preferred shares. The Fund is then responsible for its pro rata amount of the aggregate administration fee. State Street also serves as the Fund’s custodian and Computershare has been retained to serve as the Fund’s transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar.”
Level Rate Distribution Policy
Subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees to implement a Managed Distribution Policy, as discussed below, commencing with the Fund’s first regular distribution, the Fund intends to implement a Level Rate Distribution Policy, pursuant to which the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at a level rate based on the projected performance of the Fund, which rate is a fixed dollar amount which may be adjusted from time to time. The Fund currently expects that it will seek, subject to market conditions and the composition of its investment portfolio, for all or almost all of its distributions of net investment income to be treated as QDI. However, not all income distributions may qualify for treatment as QDI. The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot be determined finally until after the end of that taxable year.
Distributions can only be made from net investment income after making any required payments on any interest rate transactions. The Fund’s ability to maintain a level distribution rate will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from its investments. Over time, the Fund will distribute all of its net investment income. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute all of its net realized capital gains, if any, to shareholders. The Fund expects to declare the initial monthly distribution on the Common Shares within approximately 45 days, and to pay approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. The net income of the Fund consists of all income accrued on portfolio assets less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund are accrued each day. At times, to maintain a stable level of distributions, the Fund may pay out less than all of its net investment income, in which case the undistributed net investment income would be available to supplement distributions in future monthly periods. At other times, in addition to paying out current net investment income, the Fund may pay out accumulated undistributed income or may return capital. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period. Undistributed net investment income will be added to the Fund’s NAV and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed net investment income will be deducted from the Fund’s NAV. See “Taxation.”
Managed Distribution Policy
The Fund may rely on an exemptive order from the SEC received by the Investment Manager and certain closed-end funds managed by the Investment Manager to implement a Managed Distribution Policy. If, for any distribution, net investment income and net realized capital gains were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets and may constitute a return of capital. The Fund’s final distribution for each calendar year would include any remaining net investment income and net realized
87
capital gain undistributed during the year. In the event the Fund distributed in any calendar year amounts in excess of net investment income and net realized capital gain (such excess, the “Excess”), such distribution would decrease the Fund’s assets and, therefore, have the likely effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. There is a risk that the Fund would not eventually realize capital gains in an amount corresponding to a distribution of the Excess. In addition, in order to make such distributions, the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action.
A Managed Distribution Policy may require certain distributions that may be deemed a return of capital for tax purposes. For each taxable year, the Excess generally will be treated as a return of capital that is tax-free to the Common Shareholders, up to the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the applicable Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of such Common Shares. In certain instances, the Fund may make distributions exceeding net capital gains for that year (as reduced by capital loss carryforwards) but not exceeding current earnings and profits, in which case those distributions will be taxable as ordinary income.
There is no guarantee that the Board of Trustees will determine to implement a Managed Distribution Policy. The Board of Trustees reserves the right to change the distribution policy from time to time and to amend or terminate a Level Rate Distribution Policy or a Managed Distribution Policy at any time without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
A Level Rate Distribution Policy or a Managed Distribution Policy would result in the payment of distributions in approximately the same amount or percentage to Common Shareholders each month. If the source of the distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, Common Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure regarding distributions carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net profits.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Each Common Shareholder who participates in the Plan and will have all distributions of dividends automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares by Computershare as agent (the “Plan Agent”). Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to the nominee) by the Plan Agent, as dividend disbursing agent. Common Shareholders whose Common Shares are held in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan.
The Plan Agent serves as agent for the Common Shareholders in administering the Plan. After the Fund declares a dividend, the Plan Agent will, as agent for the shareholders, either (i) receive the cash payment and use it to buy Common Shares in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts or (ii) distribute newly issued Common Shares of the Fund on behalf of the participants. The Plan Agent will receive cash from the Fund with which to buy Common Shares in the open market if, on the distribution payment date, the NAV per share exceeds the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions on that date. The Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next ex-dividend date for the Common Shares, but in no event more than 30 days after the distribution payment date (as the case may be, the “Purchase Period”), to invest the dividend or distribution in Common Shares purchased in the open market. During the Purchase Period, however, if at the close of business on any day on which NAV is calculated, the NAV of a Common Share equals or is less than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions, the Plan Agent will cease making open market purchases and the uninvested portion of such dividends or distributions shall be filled through the issuance of new Common Shares at the price set forth below. The Plan Agent will
88
receive the dividend or distribution in newly issued Common Shares of the Fund if, on the payment date, the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions equals or exceeds the NAV per share of the Fund on that date. The number of shares to be issued will be computed at a per share rate equal to the greater of (i) the NAV or (ii) 95% of the closing market price per Common Share on the payment date.
Participants in the Plan may withdraw from the plan upon notice to the Plan Agent. Such withdrawal will be effective immediately if received not less than ten days prior to a distribution record date; otherwise, it will be effective for all subsequent distributions. If any participant elects to have the Plan Agent sell all or part of his or her shares and remit the proceeds, the Plan Agent is authorized to deduct a $15 fee plus $0.10 per share brokerage commissions.
In the case of record shareholders, such as banks, brokers or nominees (each, a “nominee”), which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the nominee as representing the total amount registered in the nominee’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are participants in the Plan. If your Common Shares are held through a nominee who has elected not to participate in the Plan and are not registered with the Plan Agent, the nominee may reinvest all dividends and distributions received on your behalf from the Fund in Common Shares through open-market purchases at a price per share that may be higher or lower than the Fund’s NAV per share. Please contact your financial institution for details. Common Shares may be purchased through any of the Underwriters, acting as broker or, after the completion of this offering, acting as dealer.
The Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will be paid by the Fund. Each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of distributions. There are no other charges to participants for reinvesting dividend distributions. Purchases and/or sales are usually made through a broker affiliated with Computershare.
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to any distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to all shareholders of the Fund at least 90 days before the record date for the dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent by at least 90 days’ written notice to all shareholders of the Fund. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000, or you may contact the Plan Agent by telephone at (866) 227-0757.
The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions. See “Taxation.”
The Fund is newly organized, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. Closed-end investment companies differ from open-end investment companies (open-end funds or mutual funds) in that closed-end investment companies generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end investment company you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In an open-end fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares, the fund will redeem or buy back the shares at NAV. Open-end funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end investment companies generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in an open-end fund can make it difficult to manage the fund’s investments. By comparison, closed-end investment companies are generally able to stay fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
89
Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Risk of Market Price Discount From Net Asset Value.” Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the best interest of shareholders, the Fund’s Board of Trustees might consider from time to time engaging in open market repurchases, tender offers for shares at NAV or other programs intended to reduce the discount. The Fund cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Fund’s Board of Trustees will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in shares trading at a price equal or close to NAV per share. See “Repurchase of Shares.” The Board of Trustees may also consider converting the Fund to an open-end fund, which would require a vote of the shareholders of the Fund.
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to NAV, and the Fund’s shares may also trade at a discount to their NAV, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above NAV. The market price of the Common Shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of shares in the market, the Fund’s NAV, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund.
Although Common Shareholders will not have the right to redeem their shares, the Fund may take action to repurchase shares in the open market or make tender offers for its shares at NAV. During the pendency of any tender offer, the Fund will publish how Common Shareholders may readily ascertain the NAV. For more information see “Repurchase of Shares” in the SAI. Repurchase of the Common Shares may have the effect of reducing any market discount to NAV.
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for shares, such action will result in the shares trading at a price which approximates their NAV. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of shares by the Fund will decrease the total assets of the Fund and, therefore, have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives. To the extent the Fund may need to liquidate investments to fund repurchases of shares, this may result in portfolio turnover which will result in additional expenses being borne by the Fund and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. The Board of Trustees currently consider the following factors to be relevant to a potential decision to repurchase shares: the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act. See “Taxation” for a description of the potential tax consequences of a share repurchase.
The following discussion offers only a brief outline of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of investing in the Fund and is based on the U.S. federal tax laws in effect on the date hereof. Such tax laws are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the SAI. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular investors, including foreign shareholders (as defined later in this section). Investors should consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information and for information regarding the impact of state, local and foreign taxes on an investment in the Fund.
Taxation of the Fund. The Fund has elected to be treated as, and intends to qualify each year to be treated as, a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under U.S. federal income tax law. In order to qualify and be treated as a RIC, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from “qualifying income” as
90
defined in the Code and meet requirements with respect to diversification of assets and distribution of income and gains. If the Fund does so, the Fund generally will not be required to pay federal income taxes on any income it distributes to shareholders. If the Fund were to fail to meet any one of these requirements, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income and net capital gains at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of certain Fund investments is unclear with respect to the timing and character of income recognized by a Fund. An adverse determination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could require a Fund to purchase or sell securities or to make additional distributions in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs. Further, the application of the diversification, gross income and distribution requirements for treatment as a RIC under the Code can be unclear with respect to certain investments. As a result, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to maintain its status as a RIC.
Certain income of the Fund’s investments, including investments in certain debt instruments, could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions you receive and could cause the Fund to recognize taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such investments, which may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirements or otherwise qualify for treatment as a RIC.
Distributions. Dividends paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income.
Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated the gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for one year or less. Tax rules can alter the Fund’s holding period in its investments and thereby affect the tax treatment of gain or loss on such investments. Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gains and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
If a portion of the Fund’s income consists of dividends paid by U.S. corporations, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, distributions reported by the Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” (“QDI”) will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met by both the shareholder and the Fund. Dividend income that the Fund receives from U.S. REITs will generally not be treated as QDI and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction. It is unclear the extent to which distributions the Fund receives from investments in certain preferred securities will be eligible for treatment as QDI or for the corporate dividends-received deduction. The Fund cannot predict at this time what portion, if any, of its dividends will qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction or be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation applicable to QDI.
Between 2018 and 2025, “Qualified REIT dividends” are treated as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. Qualified REIT dividends are dividends received from REITs that are neither capital gain dividends nor are eligible for treatment as qualified dividends. Proposed regulations issued by the IRS enable the Fund to pass-through Qualified REIT dividends to its shareholders, provided the shareholders meet certain holding period requirements with respect to their shares.
91
Dividends received by corporate shareholders may qualify for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations (other than REITs) and to the extent, if any, that a portion of interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by a Fund is treated as a dividend. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)).
A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.
Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional shares of a Fund.
Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal income tax status of distributions.
The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.
Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares. The sale or other disposition of the Common Shares generally will be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Selling holders of Common Shares generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in exchange therefor and their respective bases in such Common Shares. If the Common Shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss. Similarly, a redemption (including a redemption resulting from liquidation of the Fund), if any, of the Common Shares by the Fund generally will give rise to capital gain or loss if the holder does not own (and is not regarded under certain tax law rules of constructive ownership as owning) any Common Shares in the Fund and provided that the redemption proceeds do not represent declared but unpaid dividends. A capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending generally on your holding periods for the Common Shares.
From time to time, the Fund may make a tender offer for its Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares, or fewer than all its tendered shares are accepted for repurchase, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders whose interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the
92
tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the common shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote. If the Fund repurchases common shares on the open market, such that a selling shareholder would have no specific knowledge that he or she is selling his or her shares to the Fund, it is less likely that shareholders whose percentage share interests in the Fund increase as a result of any such open-market sale will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund.
Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income taxes, a portion of all taxable dividends and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or who otherwise fail to make required certifications, or if the Fund or a shareholder has been notified by the IRS that such shareholder is subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and other shareholders specified in the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability if the appropriate information is timely provided to the IRS.
Foreign Shareholders. Non-resident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations or foreign partnerships (foreign shareholders) are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
Other Tax Matters. Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of Common Shares as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the application to their own circumstances of the above-described general taxation rules and with respect to the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of an investment in the Common Shares.
The SAI summarizes further U.S. federal income tax considerations that may apply to the Fund and its shareholders and may qualify the considerations discussed herein. Fund distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. You should consult with your own tax adviser regarding the particular consequences of investing in the Fund.
Common Shares
The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares have no preemptive, conversion, exchange, redemption or appraisal rights. Each share has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights. The Common Shares outstanding are, and those offered hereby when issued will be, fully paid and nonassessable. Common Shareholders are entitled to one vote per share. All voting rights for the election of Trustees are noncumulative, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the Common Shares can elect 100% of the Trustees then nominated for election if they choose to do so and, in such event, the holders of the remaining Common Shares will not be able to elect any Trustees. The Fund expects its Common Shares to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “PTA.” Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, and pursuant to the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, the Fund will be required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders in each year. The foregoing description and the description below under “Certain Provisions of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws” are subject to the provisions contained in the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.
93
As of the date of this prospectus, the Investment Manager owned of record and beneficially shares of the Common Shares constituting 100% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and thus, until the public offering of the shares is completed, will control the Fund.
Fund Net Asset Value
The Fund will determine the NAV of its shares as of the close of trading of the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) no less frequently than the last business day of each week and at such other times as the Board of Trustees may determine. The Fund intends to make its NAV available for publication weekly. NAV of the Common Shares is computed by dividing the value of all assets of the Fund (including accrued interest and dividends and current and deferred income tax assets), less all liabilities (including accrued expenses, distributions payable, any Borrowings, and liabilities under Reverse Repurchase Agreements) and less the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares, by the total number of Common Shares outstanding. Any interest rate swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating NAV. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
For purposes of determining the NAV per share of the Fund, readily marketable portfolio securities principally traded on any exchange or similar regulated market reporting contemporaneous transaction prices are valued, except as indicated below, at the last sale price reflected on such principal market on the business day as of which such value is being determined. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, or if no asked price is available, the bid price may be used. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, then the security is valued by such method as the Fund’s Board of Trustees shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Portfolio securities traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the business day as of which such value is being determined as reflected on the tape at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities.
Readily marketable securities traded in the OTC market, including listed securities or assets whose primary market is believed by the Investment Manager to be OTC, are valued at the official closing prices as reported by sources as the Fund’s Board of Trustees deem appropriate to reflect their fair market value. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, or if no asked price is available, at the bid price. However, certain fixed-income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are believed by the Investment Manager, pursuant to a delegation by the Board of Trustees, to reflect the fair market value of such securities. In addition, certain swap agreements may be valued on the basis of the prices of the underlying reference assets.
Securities or assets for which market prices are unavailable, or for which the Investment Manager determines that bid and/or ask price or a counterparty valuation does not reflect market value, will be valued at fair value pursuant to procedures approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Circumstances in which market prices may be unavailable include, but are not limited to, when trading in a security or asset is suspended, the exchange on which the security or asset is traded is subject to an unscheduled close or disruption or material events occur after the close of the exchange on which the security or asset is principally traded. In these circumstances, the Fund determines fair value in a manner that fairly reflects the market value of the security or asset on the valuation date based on consideration of any information or factors it deems appropriate. These may include, but are not limited to, recent transactions in comparable securities or assets, information relating to the specific security or asset and developments in the markets.
94
The Fund’s use of fair value pricing may cause the NAV of the Common Shares to differ from the NAV that would be calculated using market quotations. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may be materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
Short-term debt securities, which have a maturity date of 60 days or less, are valued at amortized cost, which approximates value. Investments in open-end mutual funds are valued at their closing NAV.
Because the Fund may hold securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of securities held in the Fund may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell Fund shares on the NYSE.
Preferred Shares
The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Board of Trustees, without approval of the Common Shareholders, to classify and designate preferred shares, par value $.001 per share, in one or more classes or series, with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees. The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares.
Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares and Borrowings. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund could issue Preferred Shares with an aggregate liquidation preference of up to one-half of the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets less liabilities other than Borrowings, measured immediately after issuance of the Preferred Shares. “Liquidation preference” means the original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless the liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares is less than one-half of the value of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than Borrowings (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution) immediately after the distribution. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after any Borrowings, must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. With respect to such Borrowings, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the assets of the Fund, less liabilities other than Borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of such Borrowings represented by senior securities issued by the Fund. Certain types of Borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverages or portfolio composition or otherwise.
The Fund currently intends to seek to enhance the level of its distributions and total return through the use of leverage. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will generally utilize leverage in an amount equal to 30% of Managed Assets (under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund may borrow in an amount up to 331⁄3% of its Managed Assets immediately after such borrowing) through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and/or the issuance of debt securities. The Fund may also use leverage in an amount up to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund also could enter into Reverse Repurchase Agreements for leverage. The Fund may purchase or redeem any Preferred Shares and/or reduce outstanding Borrowings if necessary to maintain required asset coverage.
In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs which may issue ratings for Preferred Shares, if any, or commercial paper or notes issued by the Fund. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.
Distribution Preference. Preferred Shares, if any, would have complete priority over the Common Shares. Currently, the Fund has no intention to issue Preferred Shares.
Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Preferred Shares, if any, will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to Common Shareholders.
95
Voting Rights. Preferred Shares are required to be voting shares and to have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.
Holders of Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees. The remaining Trustees will be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In the event that two full years of accrued dividends are unpaid on the Preferred Shares, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. In order for the Fund to take certain actions or enter into certain transactions, a separate class vote of holders of Preferred Shares will be required, in addition to the combined single class vote of the holders of Preferred Shares and Common Shares.
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares. The terms of the Preferred Shares may provide that they are redeemable at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends. The terms may also state that the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and resell any shares so tendered. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any resale of shares by the Fund will increase such leverage. See “Use of Leverage.”
The discussion above describes the Board of Trustees’ present intention with respect to a possible offering of Preferred Shares. If the Board of Trustees determines to authorize such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Declaration of Trust. The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares.
LIMITED TERM AND ELIGIBLE TENDER OFFER
In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, the Fund intends to terminate as of the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects to occur on or about the Dissolution Date; provided that the Board of Trustees may, by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board of Trustees who either (i) have been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) were nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees (the “75% requirement”) (a “Board Action Vote”), without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional one year, to a date up to and including two years after the initial Dissolution Date, which date shall then become the Dissolution Date. In determining whether to extend the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may consider the inability to sell the Fund’s assets in a time frame consistent with dissolution due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board of Trustees may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Fund’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Fund. On or before the Dissolution Date, the Fund will cease its investment operations, retire or redeem its leverage facilities, liquidate its investment portfolio (to the extent possible) and distribute all its net assets to Common Shareholders of record in one or more distributions on or after the Dissolution Date.
Beginning one year before the Dissolution Date (the “Wind-Down Period”), the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and may deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objectives. During the Wind-Down Period (or in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer, as defined below), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and
96
portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described above, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.
As of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may determine, by a Board Action Vote, to cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer to Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). The Board of Trustees has established that the Fund must have at least $200 million of net assets immediately following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer to ensure the continued viability of the Fund (the “Dissolution Threshold”). In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all Common Shares held by each Common Shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, and no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer. Instead, the Fund will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate as scheduled on or about the Dissolution Date. The Eligible Tender Offer would be made, and Common Shareholders would be notified thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Exchange Act and the applicable tender offer rules thereunder (including Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act). If the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund would continue to be subject to its obligations with respect to its issued and outstanding borrowings, preferred stock or debt securities, if any. Regardless of whether the Eligible Tender Offer is completed or canceled, the Investment Manager will pay all costs and expenses associated with the making of an Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with the disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Fund and its Common Shareholders.
Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date without shareholder approval and cause the Fund to have perpetual existence. In determining whether to eliminate the Dissolution Date, the Board of Trustees may consider market conditions at such time and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Trustees in consultation with the Investment Manager, taking into account that the Investment Manager may have a potential conflict of interest in recommending to the Board of Trustees that the limited term structure be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence. In making a decision to eliminate the Dissolution Date to provide for the Fund’s perpetual existence, the Board of Trustees will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Fund as it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to a perpetual structure. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer or exchange their Common Shares for the then-existing NAV per Common Share.
All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, the resulting reduction in the number of outstanding Common Shares could cause the Common Shares to become more thinly traded or otherwise adversely impact the secondary market trading of such Common Shares.
97
An Eligible Tender Offer may be commenced upon Board Action Vote without a shareholder vote. The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If no Eligible Tender Offer is conducted, the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to extension as described above), unless the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust are amended with the vote of shareholders.
Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets to shareholders, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Fund, as may be determined by the Board of Trustees. The Fund retains broad flexibility to liquidate its portfolio, wind up its business and make liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders in a manner and on a schedule it believes will best contribute to the achievement of its investment objective. Accordingly, as the Fund nears an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date, the Investment Manager may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio through opportunistic sales. During this time, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective, comply with the investment guidelines described in this prospectus or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. During such period(s), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation or an Eligible Tender Offer. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described above, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities, hold the proceeds in cash or distribute them, which may adversely affect its performance. The Fund’s distributions during the Wind-Down Period may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. The Fund may distribute the proceeds in one or more liquidating distributions prior to the final liquidation, which may cause fixed expenses to increase when expressed as a percentage of assets under management. It is expected that shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund, regardless of their participation in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. Shareholders generally will realize capital gain or loss upon the termination of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash or other property received by the shareholder (including any property deemed received by reason of its being placed in a liquidating trust) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of the Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities for which no market exists or securities that are trading at depressed prices, such securities may be placed in a liquidating trust. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time, potentially several years or longer, until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. Because the liquidating trust will hold securities previously owned by the Funds, during such time, the shareholders will continue to be exposed to the risks associated with the Fund and the value of the shareholders’ interest in the liquidating trust will fluctuate with the value of the liquidating trust’s remaining assets. To the extent the costs associated with a liquidating trust exceed the value of the remaining securities, the liquidating trust trustees may elect to write off or donate the remaining securities to charity. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust or how long it will take to sell or otherwise dispose of such securities.
The Fund may continue in existence after the Dissolution Date to pay, satisfy and discharge any existing debts or obligations, collect and distribute any remaining net assets to Common Shareholders and do all other acts required to liquidate and wind up its business and affairs. If the Fund determines to liquidate, the Fund will complete the liquidation of its portfolio (to the extent possible and not already liquidated), retire or redeem its sources of leverage (to the extent not already retired or redeemed), distribute all of its liquidated net assets to its Common Shareholders (to the extent not already distributed), and the Fund will terminate its existence under Maryland law.
The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund whose investment objective is to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return investors’
98
original investment upon termination of the Fund or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and investors may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination of the Fund or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
The Board of Trustees may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date.
See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Limited Term and Tender Offer Risks.”
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS
The Fund has provisions in its Declaration of Trust and Bylaws that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure. Commencing on the first date on which the Fund has more than one shareholder of record, the Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes, having initial terms ending at the first, second and third annual meeting of shareholders following their elections, respectively. At the annual meeting of shareholders in each year thereafter, the term of one class will expire and Trustees will be elected to serve in that class for terms ending at the third annual meeting following their election. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office only for cause and only by a vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Trustees is required to authorize the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end fund. Such conversion also requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the Common Shareholders unless it is approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below), in which event such conversion requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund.
A “Continuing Trustee” is any member of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who (i) is not a person or affiliate of a person who enters or proposes to enter into a Business Combination (as defined below) with the Fund (an “Interested Party”) and (ii) who has been a member of the Board of Trustees of the Fund for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Trustees since the Fund’s initial public offering of Common Shares, or is a successor of a Continuing Trustee who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Trustee by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then on the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by shareholders of the Fund will be required to amend the Declaration of Trust to change any of the provisions in this paragraph, the preceding paragraph and the terms of the Declaration of Trust described under the heading “Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer”. Except as otherwise specifically required in the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees has the power to amend the Declaration of Trust without a vote of shareholders.
The affirmative votes of at least 75% of the entire Board of Trustees and the holders of at least (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund and (ii) in the case of a Business Combination (as defined below), 662⁄3% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund other than votes held by an Interested Party who is (or whose affiliate or associate is) a party to a Business Combination or an affiliate or associate of the Interested Party, are required to authorize any of the following transactions:
(i) merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into any other entity;
(ii) issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof)
99
having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding (a) issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, (b) sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, (c) issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, (d) issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and (e) portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business;
(iii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with Borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business (transactions within clauses (i) and (ii) and this clause (iii) above being known individually as a “Business Combination”);
(iv) the conversion of the Fund to another form of business entity or any voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or an amendment to the Declaration of Trust to terminate the Fund’s existence; or
(v) any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which shareholder approval is required under Federal or Maryland law.
However, the shareholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (v) above) if they are approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Trustees (as defined above). In that case, if Maryland law requires shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required and if Maryland law does not require shareholder approval, no shareholder approval will be required.
The Fund’s Bylaws contain provisions the effect of which is to prevent matters, including nominations of Trustees, from being considered at a shareholders’ meeting where the Fund has not received notice of the matters. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under the Bylaws and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Fund not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or in the case of the first annual meeting after the Fund’s initial public offering), notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.
The Board of Trustees has determined that the foregoing voting requirements, which are generally greater than the minimum requirements under Maryland law and the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders generally.
Reference is made to the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws of the Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text of these provisions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. On the other hand, these provisions may require persons seeking control of a Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the shares required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives.
100
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement, dated the date of this prospectus, the Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), have severally agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to them, the number of Common Shares indicated below.
Underwriter |
Number of
Common Shares |
|||
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||||
BofA Securities, Inc. |
||||
UBS Securities LLC |
||||
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. |
||||
RBC Capital Markets, LLC |
||||
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated |
||||
B. Riley Securities, Inc. |
||||
Brookline Capital Markets, a Division of Arcadia Securities, LLC |
||||
D.A. Davidson & Co. |
||||
Hilltop Securities Inc. |
||||
Incapital LLC |
||||
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC |
||||
JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC |
||||
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. |
||||
Maxim Group LLC |
||||
Newbridge Securities Corporation |
||||
Pershing LLC |
||||
The GMS Group, LLC |
||||
USCA Securities LLC |
||||
Wedbush Securities Inc. |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
||||
|
|
The Underwriters are offering the Common Shares subject to their acceptance of the common shares from the Fund and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the Underwriters are not required to take or pay for the Common Shares covered by the Underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per common share under the public offering price. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased in this offering on or before , 2020.
The Fund has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional Common Shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. The Underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the Common Shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional Common Shares as the number listed next to the
101
Underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Common Shares listed next to the names of all Underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions (sales load) and proceeds to the Fund. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the Underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional Common Shares.
Total | ||||||||||
Per Share | No Exercise | Full Exercise | ||||||||
Public Offering Price |
$25.00
|
$ | $ | |||||||
Sales Load |
None | None | None | |||||||
Proceeds to the Fund |
$25.00
|
$ | $ |
The compensation and fees paid to the Underwriters described below under “Compensation Paid by the Investment Manager” are not reimbursable to the Investment Manager by the Fund and are therefore not reflected in the table above.
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) will pay all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Investment Manager.
The Underwriters have informed the Fund that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of Common Shares offered by them.
In order to meet requirements for listing the common shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 common shares ($2,500).
The Fund’s common shares are expected to be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “PTA”.
The Fund has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
• |
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; |
• |
file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or |
• |
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares; |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:
• |
the sale of Common Shares to the Underwriters; |
• |
any Common Shares issued pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan; or |
• |
any preferred share issuance. |
102
The Representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the Common Shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreement described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Common Shares, the Underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Common Shares. Specifically, the Underwriters may sell more Common Shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of Common Shares available for purchase by the Underwriters under the over-allotment option. The Underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing Common Shares in the open market. In determining the source of Common Shares to close out a covered short sale, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of the Common Shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The Underwriters may also sell Common Shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the Underwriters may bid for, and purchase, Common Shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the Common Shares. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an Underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Common Shares in the offering. Any of these activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Common Shares. The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more Underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The Representatives may agree to allocate a number of common shares to Underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representatives to Underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Shares. The initial public offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares trade after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the common shares will develop and continue after this offering.
Prior to the public offering of the Common Shares, the Investment Manager purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act, which requires the Fund to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of the date of this prospectus, the Investment Manager owned 100% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares and therefore may be deemed to control the Fund until such time as it owns less than 25% of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur upon the closing of this offering.
The Fund anticipates that the Representatives and certain other Underwriters may from time to time act as brokers and dealers in connection with the execution of its portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as such brokers while they are Underwriters.
The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial lending, investment banking, financial advisory,
103
investment management, principal investment, hedging, derivatives, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates from time to time have provided in the past, and may provide in the future, securities trading, commercial lending, investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, derivatives, financing and brokerage services to the Fund, certain of its executive officers and affiliates and the Investment Manager and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received, and may receive, customary fees and expenses.
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Common Shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to the Fund or the Common Shares where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Common Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Common Shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
The principal business address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of BofA Securities, Inc. is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.
Compensation Paid by the Investment Manager
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets, compensation of $0.75 per common share to the Underwriters in connection with the offering, the aggregate amount of which will not exceed 3.00% of the total public offering price of the common shares.
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, from its own assets, an upfront structuring and syndication fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Common Shares in this offering in the amount of $ . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the upfront structuring and syndication fee paid to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will not exceed % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares. These services provided by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to the Investment Manager are unrelated to the Investment Manager’s function of advising the Fund as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate) and UBS Securities LLC, from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of $ and $ , respectively, for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Common Shares. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the upfront structuring fee paid to BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate) and UBS Securities LLC will not exceed % and %, respectively, of the total public offering price of the common shares. These services provided by these Underwriters to the Investment Manager are unrelated to the Investment Manager’s function of advising the Fund as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay each of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, from its own assets, an upfront fee in the amount of $ , $ and $ , respectively, for services related to the distribution of the Common Shares. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the upfront fee paid to each of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will not exceed %, % and %, respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares. These services provided by these Underwriters to the Investment Manager are unrelated to the Investment Manager’s
104
function of advising the Fund as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) may also pay certain other qualifying underwriters and other dealers a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or other additional compensation in connection with this offering.
The amount of these structuring and other fees are calculated based on the total respective sales of Common Shares by these Underwriters, including those Common Shares included in the Underwriters’ over-allotment option, and will be paid regardless of whether some or all of the over-allotment option is exercised.
Total underwriting compensation determined in accordance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) rules is summarized as follows. The Investment Manager has agreed to reimburse the Underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the common shares in an amount not to exceed $30,000 in the aggregate, which amount will not exceed % of the total public offering price of the common shares if the over-allotment option is not exercised. The sum total of all compensation to the Underwriters in connection with this public offering of the Common Shares, including expense reimbursement and all forms of structuring and other fee payments to the Underwriters, will not exceed 9.00% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares.
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston Massachusetts 02111, has been retained to act as custodian of the Fund’s investments, and Computershare Inc., whose principal business address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, has been retained to serve as the Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent and registrar.
Neither State Street nor Computershare has any part in deciding the Fund’s investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold for the Fund’s portfolio.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. PwC provides audit services, tax and other audit related services to the Fund.
The validity of the Common Shares offered hereby is being passed on for the Fund by Venable LLP (with respect to matters pertaining to Maryland Law) and Ropes & Gray LLP, New York, New York, and certain other legal matters will be passed on for the Underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP. Ropes & Gray LLP and Clifford Chance US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Venable LLP.
105
Until (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Shares
Cohen & Steers
Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Common Shares
$25.00 per Share
PROSPECTUS
Morgan Stanley
BofA Securities
UBS Investment Bank
Oppenheimer & Co.
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel
B. Riley Securities
Brookline Capital Markets
D.A. Davidson & Co.
HilltopSecurities
Incapital
Janney Montgomery Scott
JonesTrading
Ladenburg Thalmann
Maxim Group LLC
Newbridge Securities Corporation
Pershing LLC
The GMS Group, LLC
US Capital Advisors
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Subject to Completion, Dated October 26, 2020
THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (“STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”) IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
COHEN & STEERS
TAX-ADVANTAGED PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 832-3232
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund, dated , 2020, as supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”).
This Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. Copies of the Statement of Additional Information and Prospectus may be obtained free of charge by writing or calling the address or phone number shown above.
S-1 | ||||
S-1 | ||||
S-24 | ||||
S-25 | ||||
S-35 | ||||
S-35 | ||||
S-38 | ||||
S-39 | ||||
S-39 | ||||
S-39 | ||||
S-40 | ||||
S-41 | ||||
S-43 | ||||
S-58 | ||||
S-59 | ||||
S-60 | ||||
S-61 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 | ||||
C-1 |
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company organized as a Maryland Statutory Trust on November 14, 2019. Much of the information contained in this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) expands on subjects discussed in the Prospectus. Defined terms used herein have the same meanings as in the Prospectus. No investment in the shares of the Fund should be made without first reading the Prospectus.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The following descriptions supplement the descriptions of the principal investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks as set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus or this SAI, the Fund’s investment objectives and investment policies are considered non-fundamental and may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. However, the Fund’s investment objectives and its policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in preferred and other income securities may only be changed upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Fund’s shareholders.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in a portfolio of preferred and other income securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. companies, which may be either exchange-traded or available over-the-counter (“OTC”). Such securities include traditional preferred securities; hybrid-preferred securities that have investment and economic characteristics of both preferred stock and debt securities; floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities; fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities; convertible securities; contingent capital securities (“CoCos”); and securities of other closed-end, open-end or exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that invest primarily in preferred and/or debt securities as described herein. To the extent the Fund invests in securities of other closed-end, open-end, or ETFs, the Fund will consider the investments of these funds, to the extent known by the Fund, in determining compliance with this policy. The Fund may also invest in certain restricted securities including securities that are issued in private placements, securities that are only eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (referred to as Rule 144A Securities) and securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued without registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. “Managed Assets” are the Fund’s net assets, plus the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of preferred shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund (“Reverse Repurchase Agreements”).
The Fund also will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including real estate investment trusts) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of these industries that make up the financials sector. In addition, the Fund also may focus its investments in other sectors or industries, such as (but not limited to) energy, industrials, utilities, pipelines, health care and telecommunications. Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Investment Manager”) retains broad discretion to allocate the Fund’s investments across various sectors and industries. The Fund may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. companies, which may be non-U.S. dollar denominated, including securities issued by companies domiciled in emerging market countries. Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of industrialization, with lower gross national products per capita than more developed countries. The Investment Manager may hedge some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure.
The Fund may invest in preferred and debt securities of any maturity or credit rating, including investment grade securities, below investment grade securities and unrated securities. Although not required to do so, the Fund will generally seek to maintain a minimum weighted average senior debt rating of companies in which it invests of BBB-, which the Fund considers to be investment grade. Although a company’s senior debt rating may
S-1
be BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating than BBB-. If the Fund cannot access a company’s average senior debt rating, the Fund may look to the rating of the underlying security issued by such company. Below investment grade securities are also known as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having more speculative characteristics with respect to the payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in below investment grade securities or securities that are unrated but judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager.
The Fund is authorized to purchase, sell or enter into any derivative contract or option on a derivative contract, transaction or instrument, without limitation, including various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and foreign currency transactions such as foreign currency forward contracts, futures contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s primary use of derivative contracts will be to enter into interest rate and currency hedging transactions in order to reduce the interest rate and foreign currency risk inherent in the Fund’s investments.
The Fund is non-diversified and as a result may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. As a result, changes in the value of a single investment could cause greater fluctuations in the Fund’s share price than would occur in a more diversified fund.
Except as otherwise stated, all percentage restrictions referenced in this SAI or the Prospectus are measured at the time of investment. If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, a later increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from market movements will not be considered a violation of the restriction.
Preferred Securities
There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to in this prospectus as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. Preferred stocks are considered equity securities. The second basic type is referred to in this prospectus as hybrid-preferred securities. Hybrid-preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed- and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid-preferred securities are considered debt securities. The Investment Manager also considers senior debt perpetual issues, as well as exchange-listed senior debt issues that trade with attributes of exchange-listed perpetual and hybrid-preferred securities to be part of the broader preferred securities market. The Fund intends to invest significantly in OTC preferred securities, and will also invest in exchange-traded preferred securities.
Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities pay fixed or floating dividends to investors and have “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and in the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on certain preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case, all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. The Fund may invest in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Fund pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred
S-2
securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. Preferred shareholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation preference that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates. Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
Floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities may be traditional preferred or hybrid-preferred securities. Floating-rate preferred securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the securities. The terms of such securities provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as a change in the short-term interest rate. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floating-rate securities provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, although the interest rates of floating-rate securities will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. Similarly, a fixed-to-floating-rate security may be less price-sensitive to rising interest rates (or yields), because it has a rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five, ten or thirty years when first issued), after which period a floating-rate of payment applies. The Fund may invest significantly in both floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities.
Corporate shareholders of a regulated investment company (“RIC”) such as the Fund generally are permitted to claim the 50% dividends received deduction (“DRD”) with respect to that portion of their distributions from the RIC attributable to amounts received by the RIC that qualify for the DRD, provided such amounts are properly reported by the RIC and certain holding period requirements are met at both the RIC and shareholder level. However, not all traditional preferred securities pay dividends that are eligible for the DRD.
Individual shareholders of a RIC such as the Fund generally may be eligible to treat as qualified dividend income (“QDI”) that portion of their distributions from the RIC attributable to QDI received and reported as such by the RIC, provided certain holding period requirements are met at both the RIC and shareholder level. However, not all traditional preferred securities will provide significant benefits under the rules relating to QDI. For more information regarding QDI and DRD, see “Taxation” below.
Within the category of traditional preferred securities, the Fund may invest in traditional preferred securities issued by real estate companies, including REITs. REIT preferred securities are generally perpetual in nature, although REITs often have the ability to redeem the preferred securities after a specified period of time. The market value of REIT preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes affecting a particular REIT. While sharing characteristics of other traditional preferred securities, dividends from REIT preferred securities do not qualify for the DRD and generally do not constitute QDI, as described below. The Fund may invest in REITs of any market capitalization; however, even the larger REITs tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole.
Between 2018 and 2025, “Qualified REIT dividends” are treated as eligible for a 20% deduction by non-corporate taxpayers. Qualified REIT dividends are dividends received from REITs that are neither capital gain dividends nor are eligible for treatment as qualified dividends. Proposed regulations issued by the IRS enable the Fund to pass-through Qualified REIT dividends to its shareholders, provided the shareholders meet certain holding period requirements with respect to their shares.
S-3
Hybrid-Preferred Securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, as described below, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed- and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
Hybrid-preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, hybrid-preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for 18 months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the maximum deferral period is five years. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these hybrid-preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Hybrid-preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity because of their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Hybrid-preferred securities include, but are not limited to, trust originated preferred securities; monthly income preferred securities; quarterly income bond securities; quarterly income debt securities; quarterly income preferred securities; corporate trust securities; public income notes; and other hybrid-preferred securities.
Hybrid-preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
Many hybrid-preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not direct obligations of the operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of the trust preferred securities generally are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company held by the trust or special purpose entity, and payments on the hybrid-preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends. As such, payments on the hybrid-preferred securities are not eligible for the DRD or the reduced rates of tax that may apply to QDI. The trust or special purpose entity would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”), but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
Within the category of hybrid-preferred securities are senior debt instruments that trade in the broader preferred securities market. These debt instruments, which are sources of long-term capital for the issuers, have structural features similar to preferred stock such as maturities ranging from 30 years to perpetuity, call features, exchange listings and the inclusion of accrued interest in the trading price. Similar to other hybrid-preferred securities, these debt instruments usually do not offer equity capital treatment. Corporate trust securities (CORTS®) and public income notes (PINES®) are two examples of senior debt instruments which are structured and trade as hybrid-preferred securities.
S-4
The Fund may invest in other types of preferred securities, including preferred securities that are not currently in use and which may or may not be illiquid. The Fund may also engage in derivatives transactions that are intended to provide economic exposure similar to investments in preferred securities. The Fund may invest in preferred securities denominated in U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) currencies.
Debt Securities
In addition to investing in preferred securities, the Fund may invest in fixed- and floating-rate corporate debt securities. Other debt securities in which the Fund may invest include investments in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or a non-U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities. Debt securities may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. Bonds and other debt securities generally are issued by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors.
Corporate Debt Obligations. The Fund may invest in investment grade or below investment grade U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations or U.S. commercial banks, U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers and debt obligations of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies. Such debt obligations include, among others, bonds, notes, debentures and variable rate demand notes. In choosing corporate debt securities on behalf of the Fund, the Investment Manager may consider (i) general economic and financial conditions; (ii) the specific issuer’s (a) business and management, (b) cash flow, (c) earnings coverage of interest and dividends, (d) ability to operate under adverse economic conditions, (e) fair market value of assets, and (f) in the case of foreign issuers, unique political, economic or social conditions applicable to such issuer’s country, and (iii) other considerations deemed appropriate.
U.S. Government Obligations. The Fund may invest in U.S. Government obligations. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities include bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, as well as “stripped” or “zero coupon” U.S. Treasury obligations representing future interest or principal payments on U.S. Treasury notes or bonds. Stripped securities are sold at a discount to their “face value,” and may exhibit greater price volatility than interest-bearing securities because investors receive no payment until maturity.
Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. The U.S. Government may choose not to provide financial support to U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities if it is not legally obligated to do so, in which case, if the issuer were to default, the Fund might not be able to recover their investment from the U.S. Government.
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or issued by non-government entities. Mortgage-related securities represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various government agencies, as well as by non-government issuers such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers and private mortgage insurance companies. Although certain mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of the security, which may fluctuate, is not guaranteed.
Other asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements and from sales of personal property. Regular payments received in respect of such securities include both interest and principal. Asset-backed securities typically have no U.S. Government backing. Additionally, the ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited.
S-5
If the Fund purchases a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed security at a premium, that portion may be lost if there is a decline in the market value of the security whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments in the underlying collateral. As with other interest-bearing securities, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates. Although the value of a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is not necessarily true, since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages and loans underlying the securities are prone to prepayment, thereby shortening the average life of the security and shortening the period of time over which income at the higher rate is received.
When interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the period of time over which income at the lower rate is received. For these and other reasons, a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed security’s average maturity may be shortened or lengthened as a result of interest rate fluctuations and, therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the security’s return.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Fund may invest in CMOs. A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. A CMO is a type of mortgage-backed security that creates separate classes with varying maturities and interest rates, called tranches. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, semi-annually.
CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government, and their income streams. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, an issuer issues multiple series (e.g., Series A, B, C and Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the following order: Series A, B, C and Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on a Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. Only after the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full does the Series Z Bond begin to receive payment. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest in “Municipal Securities,” which includes debt obligations of states, territories or possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. Municipal Securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which Municipal Securities may be issued include the refunding of outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit, industrial, port or parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity sewage or solid waste disposal. The principal and interest payments for industrial development bonds or pollution control bonds are often the sole responsibility of the industrial user and therefore may not be backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality. Such obligations are considered to be
S-6
Municipal Securities provided that the interest paid thereon, in the opinion of bond counsel, qualifies as exempt from U.S. federal income tax. The Fund does not anticipate meeting the requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to pass through income from municipal securities as tax free to the Fund’s shareholders.
The two major classifications of Municipal Securities are bonds and notes. Bonds may be further classified as “general obligation” or “revenue” issues. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities, and in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, but not from the general taxing power. Tax exempt industrial development bonds are in most cases revenue bonds and do not generally carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality. Notes are short term instruments which usually mature in less than two years. Most notes are general obligations of the issuing municipalities or agencies and are sold in anticipation of a bond sale, collection of taxes or receipt of other revenues. There are, of course, variations in the risks associated with Municipal Securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications.
Senior Secured Floating Rate Loans. The Fund may invest in senior secured floating-rate loans (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans generally are made to corporations, partnerships and other business entities (“Borrowers”) which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior Loans, which typically hold the most senior position in a Borrower’s capital structure, pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, such as the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a premium. This floating-rate feature should help to minimize changes in the principal value of the Senior Loans resulting from interest rate changes. The Fund may invest in Senior Loans that are below investment grade quality and are speculative investments that are subject to credit risk.
Senior Loans in which the Fund may invest may not be rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”), will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and generally will not be listed on any national securities exchange. Therefore, the amount of public information available about Senior Loans will be limited, and the performance of the Fund’s investments in Senior Loans will be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Investment Manager than would be the case for investments in more widely rated, registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Investment Manager may consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. Moreover, certain Senior Loans will be subject to contractual restrictions on resale and, therefore, will be illiquid.
Bank Instruments. The Fund may invest in certificates of deposits, time deposits, and bankers’ acceptances from U.S. or foreign banks, including certificates of deposit (e.g., Eurodollar CDs) and time deposits (e.g., Eurodollar time deposits) of foreign branches of domestic banks. A time deposit is a non-negotiable receipt issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market.
Inflation-Linked Fixed-Income Securities. The Fund may invest in inflation-linked fixed-income securities. Inflation-linked fixed-income securities are securities which have a principal value that is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If an index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will typically be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. In the case of Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities, also known as TIPS, repayment of original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. The market for TIPS may be less developed or liquid, and more volatile, than certain other securities markets. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used in these securities (i.e., the Consumer Price Index) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation. For inflation-linked bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the inflation-linked bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.
S-7
Such bonds may also be issued by or related to sovereign governments of developed countries, by countries deemed to be emerging markets, and inflation-linked bonds issued by or related to companies or other entities not affiliated with governments. Because of their inflation adjustment feature, inflation-linked bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed-rate bonds. In addition, inflation-linked bonds also normally decline in price when real interest rates rise. In the event of deflation, in which prices decline over time, the principal and income of inflation-linked bonds would likely decline, resulting in losses to the Fund.
The Fund’s investments in inflation-linked debt securities can cause the Fund to accrue income for tax purposes without a corresponding receipt of cash, which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the Fund to sell assets (including when not advantageous to do so) to satisfy the Fund’s distribution requirements (see “Taxation” below).
Convertible Securities
The Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities are preferred stocks or debt obligations that are convertible into common stock. They generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. Convertible securities have both equity and fixed-income risk characteristics. Like all fixed-income securities, the value of convertible securities is susceptible to the risk of market losses attributable to changes in interest rates. Generally, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security approaches or exceeds the conversion price of the convertible security, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security, like a fixed-income security, tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and thus, may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. The markets for convertible securities may be less liquid than markets for common stocks or bonds.
Contingent Capital Securities
The Fund may invest in contingent capital securities. In some cases, debt and traditional and hybrid preferred securities can include loss absorption provisions that make the securities more like equity—these securities are generally referred to as contingent capital securities (sometimes referred to as “CoCos”). This is particularly true in the financial sector, the largest preferred issuer segment.
In one version of a CoCo, the security has loss absorption characteristics whereby the liquidation value of the security may be adjusted downward to below the original par value (even to zero) under certain circumstances. This may occur, for instance, in the event that business losses have eroded capital to a substantial extent. The write down of the par value would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders to seek bankruptcy of the company. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Such securities may, but are not required to, provide for circumstances under which the liquidation value may be adjusted back up to par, such as an improvement in capitalization and/or earnings.
Another version of a CoCo provides for mandatory conversion of the security into common shares of the issuer under certain circumstances. The mandatory conversion might relate, for instance, to maintenance of a capital minimum, whereby falling below the minimum would trigger automatic conversion. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, some such instruments also provide for an automatic write-down if the price of the common stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date.
An automatic write-down or conversion event is typically triggered by a reduction in the capital level of the issuer, but may also be triggered by regulatory actions (e.g., a change in capital requirements) or by other factors.
S-8
Below Investment Grade Securities
The Fund may invest in securities that are rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and these bonds are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities. These securities are subject to a greater risk of default. The prices of these lower-grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher-grade securities. Lower-grade securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade securities. The market values of lower-grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade securities. A security will be considered to be below investment grade if it is rated as such by one NRSRO (for example, below Baa3 or BBB- by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”)) or, if unrated, are judged to be below investment grade by the Investment Manager. Although a company’s senior debt rating may be, for example, BBB-, an underlying security issued by such company in which the Fund invests may have a lower rating. See Appendix B for a description of certain ratings.
Lower-rated securities, or equivalent unrated securities, may be considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of lower-rated securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt securities, and the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may, to the extent the Fund is invested in lower-rated securities, be more dependent upon such creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality securities. An issuer of these securities has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default and the issuer may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
The secondary markets in which lower-rated securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading markets could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a particular lower-rated security when necessary to meet liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund’s shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities.
It is reasonable to expect that any adverse economic conditions could disrupt the market for lower-rated securities, have an adverse impact on the value of those securities and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of those securities to repay principal or interest on those securities. New laws and proposed new laws may adversely impact the market for lower-rated securities.
Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities
The Fund may invest in foreign (non-U.S.) securities as described in its Prospectus. Investing in securities issued by foreign companies involves considerations and possible risks not typically associated with investing in securities issued by domestic corporations. The values of foreign investments are affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, application of foreign tax laws, including withholding or other taxes, changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy (in the United States or abroad) or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions are generally higher than in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than in the United States. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations which could extend settlement periods.
Investments in foreign securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the Fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. Certain countries in which the Fund may invest, especially emerging market
S-9
countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties, and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of:
• |
the possibility of expropriation of assets; |
• |
confiscatory taxation; |
• |
difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; |
• |
economic, political or social instability; and |
• |
diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. |
Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union and the potential for certain countries to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the European Union (“EU”) could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s investments. In June 2016, the United Kingdom approved a referendum to leave the EU. Significant uncertainty remains in the market regarding the ramifications of that development, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict.
The Fund may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and similar depositary receipts. ADRs, typically issued by a financial institution (a depositary), evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign company and deposited with the depositary. Prices of ADRs are quoted in U.S. dollars, and ADRs are traded in the United States. GDRs are receipts issued outside the United States, typically by non-United States banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Generally, GDRs, in bearer form, are designated for use outside the United States. Ownership of ADRs and GDRs entails similar investment risks to direct ownership of foreign securities traded outside the U.S., including increased market liquidity, currency, political, information and other risks. Income and gains earned by the Fund in respect of foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes, which will reduce the Fund’s return on such securities.
Credit Ratings and Unrated Securities
NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Appendix B describes the various ratings assigned to debt obligations by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. Ratings assigned by an NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. NRSROs may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. NRSROs may be paid by the companies whose securities they analyze and grade. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays an NRSRO for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. The Investment Manager does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. S&P, Moody’s and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, securities held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.
The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in unrated securities (securities which are not rated by an NRSRO) if the Investment Manager determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities
S-10
that the Fund may purchase. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Investment Manager may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. Because the Fund may invest in high yield and/or unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objectives may depend more heavily on the Investment Manager’s analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. The Investment Manager will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in lower rated or unrated debt instruments through active portfolio management, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the financial markets. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Investment Manager may consider such factors as Investment Manager’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuers of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other NRSROs.
Short-Term Fixed Income Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, and following the offering of the Common Shares pending investment in securities that meet the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, cash equivalents, government securities and short-term fixed income securities. Short-term fixed income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
(1) U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Investment Manager monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement.
S-11
The Investment Manager does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a Federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time.
The Investment Manager will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will typically be limited to commercial paper rated in the two highest categories at the time of purchase by a major NRSRO or are unrated but determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Manager and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
Real Estate Companies
The Fund may invest significantly in the securities of real estate companies and may be susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting that sector. Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The yields available from investments in real estate depend on the amount of income and capital appreciation generated by the related properties. Income and real estate values may also be adversely affected by such factors as applicable laws (e.g., Americans with Disabilities Act and tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of the real estate company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. The performance of the economy in each of the regions and countries in which the real estate owned by a portfolio company is located affects occupancy, market rental rates and expenses and, consequently, has an impact on the income from such properties and their underlying values.
The financial results of major local employers also may have an impact on the cash flow and value of certain properties. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, the ability of real estate companies to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions is limited. A real estate company also may have joint venture investments in certain of its properties and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to these properties may be limited. Real property investments are also subject to risks which are specific to the investment sector or type of property in which the real estate companies are investing.
• |
Retail Properties. Retail properties are affected by the overall health of the applicable economy and may be adversely affected by the growth of alternative forms of retailing, bankruptcy, departure or cessation of operations of a tenant, a shift in consumer demand due to demographic changes, spending patterns and lease terminations. |
• |
Office Properties. Office properties are affected by the overall health of the economy and other factors such as a downturn in the businesses operated by their tenants, obsolescence and non-competitiveness. |
• |
Hotel Properties. The risks of hotel properties include, among other things, the necessity of a high level of continuing capital expenditures, competition, increases in operating costs which may not be offset by increases in revenues, dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism, increases in fuel costs and other expenses of travel and adverse effects of general and local economic conditions. |
S-12
• |
Healthcare Properties. Healthcare properties and healthcare providers are affected by several significant factors, including Federal, state and local laws governing licenses, certification, adequacy of care, pharmaceutical distribution, medical rates, equipment, personnel and other factors regarding operations; continued availability of revenue from government reimbursement programs (primarily Medicaid and Medicare); and competition on a local and regional basis. |
• |
Multifamily Properties. The value and successful operation of a multifamily property may be affected by a number of factors such as the location of the property, the ability of the management team, the level of mortgage rates, presence of competing properties, adverse economic conditions in the locale, oversupply and rent control laws or other laws affecting such properties. |
• |
Insurance Issues. Certain real estate companies may carry comprehensive liability, fire, flood, earthquake extended coverage and rental loss insurance with various policy specifications, limits and deductibles. |
• |
Credit Risk. Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) may be highly leveraged, and financial covenants may affect the ability of REITs to operate effectively. |
• |
Environmental Issues. In connection with the ownership (direct or indirect), operation, management and development of real properties that may contain hazardous or toxic substances, a portfolio company may be considered an owner, operator or responsible party of such properties and, therefore, may be potentially liable for removal or remediation costs, as well as certain other costs, including governmental fines and liabilities for injuries to persons and property. |
• |
Smaller Companies. Even the larger REITs in the industry tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. REIT shares, therefore, can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company stocks. |
• |
REIT Tax Issues. REITs are subject to a highly technical and complex set of provisions in the Code. It is possible that the Fund may invest in a real estate company which purports to be a REIT and that the company could fail to qualify as a REIT. In the event of any such unexpected failure to qualify as a REIT, the company would be subject to corporate-level taxation, significantly reducing the return to the Fund on its investment in such company. |
REITs are sometimes informally characterized as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in the fee ownership or leasehold ownership of land and buildings and derives its income primarily from rental income. An equity REIT may also realize capital gains (or losses) by selling real estate properties in its portfolio that have appreciated (or depreciated) in value. A mortgage REIT invests primarily in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans. A mortgage REIT generally derives its income primarily from interest payments on the credit it has extended. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate. It is anticipated, although not required, that under normal circumstances a majority of the Fund’s investments in REITs will consist of securities issued by equity REITs. In addition to the risks of securities linked to the real estate industry, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation.
In addition, U.S. REITs could possibly fail to qualify for pass-through of income under the Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.
S-13
Utility Companies
Utility companies in which the Fund may invest generally are involved in the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric energy; distribution, purification and treatment of water; or production, transmission or distribution of oil or natural gas. The Fund may invest significantly in securities of utility companies and may be susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting that sector. Investing in the utility sector includes the following risks:
• |
high interest costs in connection with capital construction and improvement programs; |
• |
difficulty in raising capital in adequate amounts on reasonable terms in periods of high inflation and unsettled capital markets; |
• |
governmental regulation of rates charged to customers; |
• |
costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other regulations; |
• |
effects of economic slowdowns and surplus capacity; |
• |
increased competition from other providers of utility services; |
• |
inexperience with and potential losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment; |
• |
costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of fuel, occasionally reduced availability and high costs of natural gas for resale and the effects of energy conservation policies, and the potential that costs incurred by the utility, such as the cost of fuel, change more rapidly than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers; |
• |
effects of a national energy policy and lengthy delays and greatly increased costs and other problems associated with the design, construction, licensing, regulation and operation of nuclear facilities for electric generation, including, among other considerations, the problems associated with the use of radioactive materials and the disposal of radioactive wastes; |
• |
technological innovations that may render existing plants, equipment or products obsolete; and |
• |
potential impact of terrorist activities on utility companies and their customers and the impact of natural or man-made disasters. |
Issuers in the utility sector may be subject to regulation by various governmental authorities and may be affected by the imposition of special tariffs and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards. In addition, there are substantial differences between the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases or that such increases will be adequate to permit the payment of dividends on preferred or common stocks. Prolonged changes in climatic conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric or gas utility as well as its expenses.
Telecommunications and Media Companies
Telecommunications companies in which the Fund may invest include companies principally engaged in the development, manufacture, or sale of communications services or communications equipment or provision of communications services, including cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other communications media. Media companies invest create, own, and distribute various forms of printed, visual, audio, and interactive content, as well as information databases that they sell or lease to others. Examples include the Internet, newspaper, magazine, and book publishers, movie and television studios, advertising agencies, radio and television broadcasters, as well as cable television and direct satellite broadcast system operators. Risks of investing in the telecommunications and media sector includes many of the risks of investing in the utilities sector, including government regulation of rates of return and services that may be offered. Telecommunications
S-14
products and services also may be subject to rapid obsolescence resulting from changes in consumer tastes, intense competition and strong market reactions to technological development.
Energy Companies
Energy companies in which the Fund may invest include companies in the discovery, development, production or distribution of energy or other natural resources, the development of technologies for the production or efficient use of energy and other natural resources, or the furnishing of related supplies or services. The energy industries can be significantly affected by fluctuations in energy prices and supply and demand of energy fuels, energy conservation, exploration and production spending, the success of exploration projects, tax and other government regulations, weather or meteorological events, world events and economic conditions. The energy industries also may be affected by fluctuations in energy prices, energy conservation, exploration and production spending, government regulations, weather, world events and economic conditions.
Healthcare Companies
Healthcare companies in which the Fund may invest encompass two main groups. The first group includes companies that manufacture health care supplies or provide health care-related services, including distributors of products, providers of basic health care services and owners and operators of care facilities and organizations. The second group includes companies in the research, development, production and marketing of pharmaceuticals and biotechnology products. Events affecting the health care industries include technological advances that make existing products and services obsolete, and changes in regulatory policies concerning approvals of new drugs, medical devices or procedures. In addition, changes in governmental payment systems and private payment systems, such as increased use of managed care arrangements, are risks in investing in the health care industries.
Industrial Companies
Industrial companies that the Fund may invest in include companies involved in the research, development, manufacture, distribution, supply or sale of industrial products, services or equipment. These companies may include manufacturers of civil or military aerospace and defense equipment, building components and home improvement products and equipment, civil engineering firms and large-scale contractors, companies producing electrical components or equipment, manufacturers of industrial machinery and industrial components and products, providers of commercial printing services, and companies providing transportation services. A company is in industrial products, services or equipment industries if at the time of investment it is determine that at least 50% of the company’s assets, revenues or profits are derived from these industries.
The industrial products, services and equipment industries can be significantly affected by general economic trends, changes in consumer sentiment and spending, commodity prices, technological obsolescence, labor relations, legislation, government regulations and spending, import controls, and worldwide competition, and can be subject to liability for environmental damage, depletion of resources, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control.
Derivative Instruments
The Fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments to seek to generate return, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. The Fund may also enter into derivatives transactions, including, among others, interest rate and other swap transactions, and other transactions to manage the Fund’s duration. In an interest rate swap, the Fund agrees to pay to the counterparty a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate the Fund’s variable rate payment obligation on the preferred shares it has issued or any variable rate borrowing it has incurred. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. In an interest rate cap, the
S-15
Fund pays a premium to the counterparty to the interest rate swap, and to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, receives from the counterparty payments of the difference based on the notional amount of such cap.
The Fund may enter into derivatives transactions, including, among others, interest rate and other swap transactions, denominated in or that provide exposure to foreign currencies for hedging, duration management or portfolio management purposes. The Fund may also enter into forward currency contracts to hedge all or a portion of the Fund’s foreign currency exposure in the event the Fund borrows or holds securities denominated in, or has exposure to, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies.
The Fund may also enter into exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities (including securities of investment companies and baskets of securities), indexes, and other financial instruments; purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon; various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars or credit transactions; equity index, total return and credit default swaps; forward contracts; and structured investments. In addition, the Fund may enter into various currency transactions, such as forward currency contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures. The Fund also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. The Fund may invest in other types of derivatives, structured and similar instruments which are not currently available but which may be developed in the future.
Derivatives transactions can be highly volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of the particular derivative, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Derivatives transactions may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on the Fund’s performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on the Fund’s portfolio. In certain types of derivatives transactions the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment; in other types of derivatives transactions the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
The market for many derivatives is, or suddenly can become, illiquid. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices for derivatives transactions. The Fund could experience losses if it were unable to liquidate a derivative position because of an illiquid secondary market. Successful use of derivatives transactions also is subject to the ability of the Investment Manager to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. Derivatives transactions entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Fund’s portfolio of securities may have the effect of limiting gains from otherwise favorable market movements. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used (and a loss on a derivatives transaction may be larger than the gain in a portfolio position being hedged), may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment, or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held as collateral with respect to derivatives transactions may not otherwise be available to the Fund for investment purposes.
The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, political developments, government intervention or failure to intervene, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Fund to deliver or receive a specified currency.
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to certain derivatives transactions entered into by the Fund. Derivatives may be purchased on established exchanges or through privately negotiated transactions referred to as OTC derivatives. Exchange-traded derivatives generally are guaranteed by the clearing agency which is the issuer or counterparty to such derivatives. However, many futures exchanges and boards of
S-16
trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day and once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended. There also is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist at any particular time and no such secondary market may exist or may cease to exist. Each party to an OTC derivative bears the risk that the counterparty will default. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract, particularly if the counterparty becomes subject to a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
New regulatory requirements may also limit the flexibility of the Fund to protect its interests in the event of an insolvency of a derivatives counterparty. In the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, the Fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under new special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, with respect to counterparties who are subject to such proceedings in the European Union, the liabilities of such counterparties to the Fund could be reduced, eliminated, or converted to equity in such counterparties (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).
The Investment Manager is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”). However, with respect to the Fund, the Investment Manager has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the CPO under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “CEA”), pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5. Accordingly, the Investment Manager, with respect to the Fund, is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, the Fund is limited in its ability to use certain financial instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), including futures and options on futures and certain swaps transactions.
Additionally, the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC under the Code will potentially limit the extent to which the Fund can engage in certain derivatives transactions.
Cleared Derivatives
Some derivatives transactions, including certain interest rate swaps, are required to be centrally cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit/counterparty risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position (its “clearing broker”), rather than the credit/counterparty risk of its original counterparty to the derivative transaction. Credit/counterparty risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearing houses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house would be conducted and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house would have on the financial system. A clearing member is obligated by contract and by applicable regulation to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers generally are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, and the clearing broker may invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. The assets of the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the Fund’s clearing broker, because the Fund may under certain circumstances be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s customers for a relevant account class. Also, the clearing member is required to transfer to the clearing organization the amount of margin required by the clearing organization for cleared derivatives, which amounts generally are held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization for all customers of the clearing member. Regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearing house of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing organization that is attributable to each customer. However, if the clearing
S-17
member does not provide accurate reporting, the Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing organization will use the Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. In addition, clearing members generally provide to the clearing organization the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of its customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount of each customer. The Fund is therefore subject to the risk that a clearing organization will not make variation margin payments owed to the Fund if another customer of the clearing member has suffered a loss and is in default, and the risk that the Fund will be required to provide additional variation margin to the clearing house before the clearing house will move the Fund’s cleared derivatives transactions to another clearing member. In addition, if another of the customers of the Fund’s clearing member fails to meet its obligations to that clearing member, under certain circumstances the clearing member could default on its obligations to the clearinghouse and the Fund’s assets held by the clearing member could consequently become inaccessible for an indefinite period or could ultimately prove not to be recoverable. If a clearing member does not comply with the applicable regulations or its agreement with the Fund, or in the event of fraud or misappropriation of customer assets by a clearing member, the Fund could have only an unsecured creditor claim in an insolvency of the clearing member with respect to the margin held by the clearing member.
Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Transactions
In order to hedge against foreign currency exchange rate risks from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies (including to hedge against anticipated future changes which otherwise might adversely affect the prices of securities that the Fund intends to purchase at a later date), the Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts (forward contracts), foreign currency futures contracts (foreign currency futures) and foreign currency swap agreements (foreign currency swaps), as well as purchase put or call options on foreign currencies, as described below. The Fund also may enter into options on currency futures contracts and is not limited to entering into currency transactions for hedging purposes. The Fund may also conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market.
A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price on a future date which is individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and their customers. A foreign currency future is an exchange-traded contract for the purchase or sale of a specified foreign currency at a specified price at a future date. A foreign currency swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange principal and interest payments on a notional amount in one currency for principal and interest payments on a notional amount in another currency. The Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, foreign currency futures contract or foreign currency swap, or purchase a currency option, for example, when it enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or expects to receive a dividend or interest payment on a portfolio holding, in order to “lock in” the U.S. dollar value of the security or payment. In addition, the Fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract, futures contract or swap or purchase a currency option in respect of a currency which acts as a proxy for a currency in which the Fund’s portfolio holdings or anticipated holdings are denominated. This second investment practice is generally referred to as “cross-hedging.” Because in connection with the Fund’s foreign currency transactions an amount of that Fund’s assets equal to the amount of that Fund’s current commitment will be segregated to be used to pay for the commitment, the Fund expects to have cash or other liquid assets available that are sufficient to cover any commitments under these transactions. The segregated assets will be marked-to-market on a daily basis.
The Fund may enter into a forward contract to attempt to minimize the risk to the Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in such contracts.
S-18
The Fund may enter into exchange-traded foreign currency futures for the purchase or sale for future delivery of foreign currencies. U.S. exchange-traded futures are regulated by the CFTC. This investment technique will be used only to hedge against anticipated future changes in exchange rates which otherwise might adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities or adversely affect the prices of securities that the Fund intends to purchase at a later date.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options on such contracts. A financial futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specific security or financial instrument at a particular price on a stipulated future date. Although some financial futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or instruments, in most cases these obligations are closed out before the settlement date. The closing of a contractual obligation may be accomplished by purchasing or selling an identical offsetting futures contract. Other financial futures contracts by their terms call for cash settlements.
The Fund may also buy and sell index futures contracts with respect to any stock or bond index traded on a recognized stock exchange or board of trade. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index on a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. The stock index futures contract specifies that no delivery of the actual stocks making up the index will take place. Instead, settlement in cash must occur upon the termination of the contract, with the settlement being the difference between the contract price and the actual level of the stock index at the expiration of the contract. In addition, the Fund may enter into foreign currency futures contracts as described under “Foreign Currency and Currency Hedging Transactions.”
At the time the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it will designate on its records cash or liquid portfolio securities it believes to be adequate to ensure that it has sufficient liquid assets to meet its obligations under the contract. Depending on the nature of the transaction, the amounts that are designated may be based on the notional value of the futures contract or on the daily mark-to-market obligation under the futures contract and may be reduced by amounts on deposit with the broker. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by owning an offsetting position.
The Fund may use financial futures contracts and related options for hedging and non-hedging purposes, for example to enhance total return or provide market exposure pending the investment of cash balances. The Fund may lose the expected benefit of transactions in financial contracts if currency exchange rates or securities prices change in an unanticipated manner. Such unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or securities prices may also result in poorer overall performance than if the Fund had not entered into any futures transactions.
When purchasing stocks or bonds, the buyer acquires ownership in the security, however purchasers of futures contracts are not entitled to ownership of the underlying asset until and unless they decide to accept delivery at expiration of the contract. In practice, delivery of the underlying asset to satisfy a futures contract rarely occurs because most futures traders use the liquidity of the central marketplace to sell their futures contract before expiration.
The futures clearinghouse marks every futures contract to market at the end of each trading day, to ensure that the outstanding futures obligations are limited to the mark-to-market change in price from one day for any given futures contract. This process of marking-to-market is designed to prevent losses from accumulating in any futures account. Therefore, if the Fund’s futures positions have declined in value, the Fund may be required to post additional margin to cover this decline. Alternatively, if the Fund’s futures positions have increased in value, this increase will be credited to the Fund’s account. Futures contracts, when entered into directly by the Fund on a qualified board or exchange, as defined in the Code, are taxed on the “marked-to-market” basis applicable to section 1256 contracts.
S-19
Futures contracts also are subject to the following risks:
• |
Price Limits. Some futures exchanges impose on each futures contract traded on that exchange a maximum permissible price movement for each trading session. If the maximum permissible price movement is achieved on any trading day, no more trades may be executed above (or below, if the price has moved downward) that limit. If the Fund wishes to execute a trade outside the daily permissible price movement, it would be prevented from doing so by exchange rules, and would have to wait for another trading session to execute its transaction. |
• |
Price Volatility. Despite the daily price limits on various futures exchanges, the price volatility of futures contracts has been historically greater than that for traditional securities such as stocks and bonds. To the extent that the Fund invests in futures contracts, the assets of the Fund, and therefore the prices of Fund shares, may be subject to greater volatility. |
• |
Margin. In connection with futures contracts and options on futures contracts, the Fund typically posts margin directly to a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), who is expected typically to re-hypothecate the margin to an exchange or clearinghouse. Prior to re-hypothecation, such margin may be held by the FCM in commingled accounts with margin from other clients of the FCM, but must be segregated from the FCM’s proprietary funds. The margin maintained by the FCM is not subject to the same regulatory protections provided by bank custody arrangements. If margin is posted to the FCM and re-hypothecated, neither the Fund nor the FCM to whom the margin was posted will have custody of the margin. If margin posted by the Fund is not maintained with the Fund’s custodian, the Fund is fully exposed to the fraud and unsecured credit risk of the FCM to whom the margin is posted. |
• |
Credit Risk. To the extent the Fund engages in futures transactions, it will be exposed to the credit risk of the central clearinghouse on which the futures contract is cleared and to the credit/counterparty risk of its FCM. If the Fund’s FCM becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or otherwise defaults on its obligations to the Fund, the Fund may not receive all amounts owed to it in respect of its trading, even if the clearinghouse fully discharges all of its obligations. The CEA requires an FCM to segregate all funds received from its customers with respect to regulated futures transactions from such FCM’s proprietary funds. If an FCM were not to do so to the full extent required by law, the assets of an account might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM. Furthermore, in the event of an FCM’s bankruptcy, the Fund may under certain circumstances be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of an FCM’s combined customer accounts, even if certain property held by an FCM is specifically traceable to the Fund. It is possible that the Fund would be unable to recover from the FCM’s estate the full amount of its funds on deposit with such FCM and owing to the Fund. Such situations could arise due to various factors, or a combination of factors, including inadequate FCM capitalization, inadequate controls on customer trading and inadequate customer capital. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a clearinghouse, the Fund might experience a loss of funds deposited through its FCM as margin with the clearing house, a loss of unrealized profits on its open positions and the loss of funds owed to it as realized profits on closed positions. Such a bankruptcy or insolvency might also cause a substantial delay before the Fund could obtain the return of funds owed to it by an FCM who is a member of such clearing house. |
• |
Position Limits. Speculative position limits prescribe the maximum net long or short futures contract and options positions which any person or group may hold or control in particular futures contracts. Most futures contracts and options on futures contracts traded on exchanges located in the United States are subject to speculative position limits established either by the CFTC or the relevant exchange. In addition, the CFTC recently proposed a rule which, if adopted, would materially expand the scope of contracts subject to federal limits to include additional futures and options and certain swaps. Such regulations, if enacted, could adversely affect the Investment Manager’s ability to maintain positions in certain futures contracts and related options and swaps for the Fund. Generally, no speculative position limits are in effect with respect to the trading of spot currency and forward contracts. |
S-20
All trading accounts owned or managed by the Investment Manager will be combined for the purposes of speculative position limits. With respect to trading in futures subject to such limits, the Investment Manager may reduce the size of the positions that would otherwise be taken in such futures and not trade certain futures to avoid exceeding such limits. Such modification, if required, could adversely affect the operations and profitability of the Fund. In addition, the inability of the Investment Manager to make intended trades or transactions on behalf of the Fund may cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities.
Short Sales
The Fund may enter into short sales, provided the dollar amount of short sales at any one time would not exceed 25% of the Managed Assets of the Fund, and the value of securities of any one issuer in which the Fund is short would not exceed the lesser of 2% of the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets or 2% of the securities of any class of any issuer. The Fund must designate collateral consisting of cash or liquid portfolio securities with a value equal to the current market value of the shorted securities, which is marked-to-market daily. If the Fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issuer as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short (which sales are commonly referred to as short sales against the box), the above requirements are not applicable.
Swap Transactions
The Fund may, but is not required to, use, without limit, various Swap Transactions described in this SAI and in the Fund’s Prospectus to seek to generate return, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. Although the Investment Manager may seek to use these kinds of transactions to further the Fund’s investment objective(s), no assurance can be given that they will achieve this result.
Swap agreements include two party over-the-counter contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors that agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of credit default swaps or securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Some types of swap transactions are required to be centrally cleared. See “Cleared Derivatives”.
Swap agreements will tend to shift investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agreed to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.
Most swap agreements entered into are cash settled and calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Thus, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of permissible liquid assets of the Fund.
Specific swap agreements that the Fund may enter into include, but are not limited to, foreign currency swaps (discussed above under “Foreign Currency Transactions and Currency Hedging Transactions”); index
S-21
swaps; interest rate swaps (including interest rate locks, caps, floors and collars); credit default swaps; and total return swaps (including equity swaps).
• |
An interest rate swap agreement involves the exchange of cash flows based on interest rate specifications and a specified principal amount, often a fixed payment for a floating payment that is linked to an interest rate. In an interest rate cap one party receives payments at the end of each period in which a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount exceeds an agreed rate; conversely, in an interest rate floor one party may receive payments if a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount falls below an agreed rate. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor, or vice versa, to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. |
• |
Credit default swap agreements and similar agreements may have as reference obligations debt securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller will be required to deliver net cash amount generally representing the difference between the market value of the reference obligation and the par value of the reference obligation, if the swap is cash settled. |
• |
In a total return or “equity” swap agreement, one party makes payments based on a set rate, either fixed or variable, while the other party makes payments based on the return of an underlying asset, which includes both the income it generates and any capital gains. The underlying reference asset of a total return swap may include an individual security, an equity index, loans or bonds. |
Illiquid Securities
The Fund may invest in investments that may be illiquid (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). For the Fund, illiquid securities include, among others, securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale.
Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and the Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices. The Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.
In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.
Rule 144A under the Securities Act allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a safe harbor from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers, which generally creates a more liquid market for securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A than other types of restricted securities.
The Board has delegated to the Investment Manager the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any security held by the Fund, although it has retained general oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Board and/or the Investment Manager will consider factors such as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the
S-22
security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security; and the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments) and (iii) other permissible relevant factors.
Cash Reserves
The Fund’s cash reserves, held to provide sufficient flexibility to take advantage of new opportunities for investments and for other cash needs, will generally be invested in money market instruments. If the Investment Manager has difficulty finding an adequate number of undervalued equity securities, all or any portion of the Fund’s assets may also be invested temporarily in money market instruments. For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, and following the offering of the Common Shares pending investment in securities that meet the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, cash equivalents, government securities and short-term fixed-income securities.
Money market instruments in which the Fund may invest its cash reserves will generally consist of high quality short-term debt securities, including, without limitation, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements relating to such obligations and commercial paper.
Repurchase agreements may be entered into with member banks of the Federal Reserve System or primary dealers (as designated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) in U.S. Government securities. Other acceptable money market instruments include commercial paper rated by any NRSRO, such as Moody’s or S&P, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks having total assets in excess of one billion dollars and money market mutual funds.
In entering into a repurchase agreement for the Fund, the Investment Manager will evaluate and monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In the event that a counterparty should default on its repurchase obligation, the Fund might suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from the sale of the collateral were less than the repurchase price. If the counterparty becomes bankrupt, the Fund might be delayed, or may incur costs or possible losses of principal and income, in selling the collateral.
Securities Lending
The Fund may lend portfolio securities to broker/dealers or other institutions. The borrower must maintain with the Fund cash or equivalent collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value of the securities loaned. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any dividends or interest paid on the securities. The Fund may invest the collateral and earn additional income or receive an agreed upon amount of interest income from the borrower. Loans are subject to termination at the option of the Fund or the borrower. The Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan. The Fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, but would terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment. The Fund may lose money if a borrower defaults on its obligation to return securities and the value of the collateral held by the Fund is insufficient to replace the loaned securities. In addition, the Fund is responsible for any loss that might result from its investment of the borrower’s collateral.
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including shares of open-end, management investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), closed-end funds and ETFs. The Fund also may invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares, or during periods when there
S-23
is a shortage of attractive opportunities in the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks to which the Fund is subject. As described in the Prospectus in the sections entitled “Use of Leverage” and “Use of Leverage—Leverage Risk,” the NAV and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund. In addition, to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies, the Fund will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Investment Manager.
The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may be limited by provisions of the 1940 Act that restrict the aggregate amount the Fund (and in some cases, its affiliated persons) can invest in any one investment company or any series thereof.
ETFs are open-end investment companies whose shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System. Some ETF shares provide investment results that are intended to correspond to the price and yield performance of the component securities of a securities index, while others are actively managed. ETFs are subject to a number of risks, generally corresponding to the risks of the securities in which they invest. Individual shares of an ETF are generally not redeemable at their NAV, but trade on an exchange during the day at prices that are normally close to, but not the same as, their NAV. ETF shares may trade at a discount or premium to their NAV. There is no assurance that an active trading market will be maintained for the shares of an ETF or that market prices of the shares of an ETF will be close to their NAVs.
Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate
The Fund may engage in portfolio trading when considered appropriate, but short-term trading will not be used as the primary means of achieving the Fund’s investment objectives. There are no limits on portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when, in the opinion of the Investment Manager, investment considerations warrant such action. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund that, when distributed to Common Shareholders, would be taxable to such shareholders as ordinary income.
The investment objectives and the general investment policies and investment techniques of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. The Fund has also adopted certain investment restrictions limiting the following activities except as specifically authorized.
The Fund may not:
1. |
Issue senior securities (including borrowing money for other than temporary purposes) except in conformity with the limits set forth in the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief therefrom; or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets other than to secure such issuances or borrowings or in connection with permitted investment strategies; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes; |
2. |
Act as an underwriter of securities issued by other persons, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter in connection with the disposition of securities; |
S-24
3. |
Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including REITs, and loans and other securities secured by real estate or interests therein, and the Fund may hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Fund’s ownership of such securities and loans; |
4. |
Make loans to other persons except through the lending of securities held by it (but not to exceed a value of one-third of total assets), through the use of repurchase agreements, and by the purchase of debt securities; |
5. |
Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry, except that the Fund will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financials sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including REITs) and insurance industries. |
The Fund may:
6. |
Purchase and sell commodities or commodity contracts, including futures contracts, to the maximum extent permitted by law. |
The investment restrictions above have been adopted as fundamental policies of the Fund. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less. With respect to investment restriction number 5, the Fund will invest 25% or more of its total assets in the financial sector, which is comprised of the banking, diversified financials, real estate (including REITs) and insurance industries. From time to time, the Fund may have 25% or more of its total assets invested in any one or more of those industries that make up the financials sector.
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after the issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than borrowing). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than borrowing is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. If the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Fund’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shareholders would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.
The business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Board (the “Trustees”). The Trustees approve all significant agreements between the Fund and persons or companies furnishing services to it, including the Fund’s agreements with its Investment Manager, administrator, co-administrator, custodian and transfer agent. The management of the Fund’s day-to-day operations is delegated to its officers, the Investment Manager and the Fund’s administrator, subject always to the investment objectives and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the Trustees.
S-25
Basic information about the identity and experience of each Trustee and officer is set forth in the charts below. The Investment Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cohen & Steers, Inc., a publicly traded company whose common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “CNS.”
The Trustees of the Fund, their addresses, their ages, the length of time served, their principal occupations for at least the past five years, the number of portfolios they oversee within the fund complex, and other directorships held by the Trustee are set forth below.
Name,
Address(1)
|
Position(s)
|
Term
of
|
Principal Occupation During
At
|
Number of
|
Length of
|
|||||
Interested Trustees(4) |
||||||||||
Robert H. Steers
1953 |
Trustee and Chairman | Until Next Election of Trustees | Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor and its parent, Cohen & Steers, Inc. (CNS), since 2014. Prior to that, Co-Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor since 2003 and CNS since 2004. | 20 | Since 1991 | |||||
Joseph M. Harvey
1963 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | President of the Advisor since 2003 and President of CNS since 2004. Chief Investment Officer of CSCM from 2003 to 2019. | 20 | Since 2014 | |||||
Independent Trustees |
||||||||||
Michael G. Clark
1965 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | From 2006 to 2011, President and Chief Executive Officer of DWS Funds and Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management. | 20 | Since 2011 | |||||
George Grossman
1953 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | Attorney-at-law. | 20 | Since 1993 |
S-26
Name,
Address(1)
|
Position(s)
|
Term
of
|
Principal Occupation During
At
|
Number of
|
Length of
|
|||||
Dean A. Junkans
1959 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | Chartered Financial Analyst; Advisor to SigFig (a registered investment advisor) since July, 2018; Adjunct Professor and Executive-In-Residence, Bethel University since 2015; Chief Investment Officer at Wells Fargo Private Bank from 2004 to 2014 and Chief Investment Officer of the Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement group at Wells Fargo & Company from 2011 to 2014; former member and Chair, Claritas Advisory Committee at the CFA Institute from 2013 to 2015; Board Member and Investment Committee member, Bethel University Foundation since 2010; formerly, Corporate Executive Board Member of the National Chief Investment Officers Circle, 2010 to 2015; formerly, Member of the Board of Governors of the University of Wisconsin Foundation, River Falls, 1996 to 2004; U.S. Army Veteran, Gulf War. | 20 | Since 2015 |
S-27
Name,
Address(1)
|
Position(s)
|
Term
of
|
Principal Occupation During
At
|
Number of
|
Length of
|
|||||
Gerald J. Maginnis
1955 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | Philadelphia Office Managing Partner, KPMG LLP from 2006 to 2015; Partner in Charge, KPMG Pennsylvania Audit Practice from 2002 to 2008; President, Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants (PICPA) from 2014 to 2015; member, PICPA Board of Directors from 2012 to 2016; member, Council of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) from 2013 to 2017; member, Board of Trustees of AICPA Foundation from 2015 to 2020; board member and Audit Committee Chairman of inTEST Corporation since 2020. | 20 | Since 2015 | |||||
Jane F. Magpiong
1960 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | President, Untap Potential since 2013; Board Member, Crespi High School from 2014 to 2017; Senior Managing Director, TIAA-CREF, from 2011 to 2013; National Head of Wealth Management, TIAA-CREF, from 2008 to 2011; and prior to that, President, Bank of America Private Bank from 2005 to 2008. | 20 | Since 2015 |
S-28
Name,
Address(1)
|
Position(s)
|
Term
of
|
Principal Occupation During
|
Number of
|
Length of
|
|||||
Daphne L. Richards
1966 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | Independent Director of Cartica Management, LLC since 2015; Investment Committee Member of the Berkshire Taconic Community Foundation since 2015 and Member of Advisory Board of Northeast Dutchess Fund since 2016; President and CIO of Ledge Harbor Management since 2016; formerly at Bessemer Trust Company from 1999 to 2014; prior thereto, held investment positions at Frank Russell Company from 1996 to1999, Union Bank of Switzerland from 1993 to 1996; Credit Suisse from 1990 to 1993; and Hambros International Venture Capital Fund from 1988 to 1989. | 20 | Since 2017 | |||||
C. Edward Ward, Jr.
1946 |
Trustee | Until Next Election of Trustees | Member of The Board of Trustees of Manhattan College, Riverdale, New York from 2004 to 2014; formerly, Director of closed-end fund management for the New York Stock Exchange from 1979 to 2004. | 20 | Since 2004 |
(1) |
The address for each Trustee is 280 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. |
(2) |
On March 12, 2008, the Board of Trustees adopted a mandatory retirement policy stating a Trustee must retire from the Board on December 31st of the year in which he or she turns 75 years of age. |
(3) |
The length of time served represents the year in which the Trustee was first elected or appointed to any fund in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex. |
(4) |
“Interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, on the basis of their affiliation with the Advisor (“Interested Trustees”). |
S-29
Each Trustee has been a Trustee of the Fund since its inception. Additional information follows (supplementing the information provided in the table above) that describes some of the specific experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that each Independent possesses which the Board believes has prepared him or her to be an effective Trustee.
• |
Michael G. Clark—In addition to his tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Clark has served as the Cohen & Steers funds’ lead Independent Trustee since January 2018, acting as liaison between the Boards and the Independent Trustees. Mr. Clark has also served as the Chairman of the Boards’ Nominating Committee since 2015 and Dividend Committee since 2018. Prior to becoming a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Clark served as President of the DWS family of funds and Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management for over 5 years. Prior to that, he held senior management positions at Merrill Lynch Investment Managers and Merrill Lynch Asset Management, and prior thereto, was an auditor at Merrill Lynch & Co. and Deloitte & Touche. He has over 25 years of investment management and financial services industry experience and is a Certified Public Accountant and CFA Charterholder. |
• |
George Grossman—In addition to his tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Grossman has practiced commercial and residential real estate law, real estate development, zoning and complex financing for over 30 years, managing his own law firm. Mr. Grossman also serves as the Chairman of the Boards’ Contracts Review Committee, coordinating the information presented to the Boards in connection with the renewal of each Fund’s management contracts as well as interacting with the independent third-party service provider. |
• |
Dean A. Junkans—In addition to his tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Junkans has served as the Chairman of the Boards’ Governance Committee since 2018. Currently, Mr. Junkans also serves as an advisor to SigFig (a registered investment advisor) since July 2018. Prior to becoming a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Junkans was Chief Investment Officer at Wells Fargo Private Bank from 2004 to 2014 and Chief Investment Officer of the Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement group at Wells Fargo & Company from 2011 to 2014. He was a member and Chair of the Claritas Advisory Committee at the CFA Institute from 2013 to 2015, and is also a board member and Investment Committee member of Bethel University Foundation. He was a member of the Board of Governors of the University of Wisconsin Foundation, River Falls, from 1996 to 2004, and is a U.S. Army Veteran. |
• |
Gerald J. Maginnis—In addition to his tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Maginnis has served as Chairman of the Board’s Audit Committee since 2019. Prior to becoming a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Maginnis was Partner in Charge of KPMG’s Audit Practice in Pennsylvania from 2002 to 2008, and served as KPMG’s Philadelphia Office Managing Partner from 2006 to 2015. He served as President of the Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants (PICPA) from 2014 to 2015, and was a member of the Council of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts (AICPA) from 2014 to 2017. He was a member of the Board of Directors of PICPA from 2012 to 2016 and has been a member of the Board of Trustees of the AICPA Foundation since 2015. He has been a member and Audit Committee Chairman of the Board of Directors of the inTEST Corporation since 2020. He has previously served on the boards of several non-profit organizations. Mr. Maginnis holds a BS from St. Joseph’s University, and is a Certified Public Accountant. |
• |
Jane F. Magpiong—Prior to becoming a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Ms. Magpiong was President of Bank of America Private Bank from 2005 to 2008, National Head of Wealth Management at TIAA-CREF from 2008 to 2011, and Senior Managing Director of Leadership Development at TIAA-CREF from 2011 to 2013. Ms. Magpiong has over 26 years of investment management experience, and has previously served on the boards of several charitable foundations. Ms. Magpiong holds a BA from the University of California at Santa Barbara and a Masters in Management from the University of Redlands. |
S-30
• |
Daphne L. Richards—In addition to her tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Ms. Richards serves as an Independent Director of Cartica Management, LLC since 2015. She has also been a Member of the Investment Committee of the Berkshire Taconic Community Foundation since 2015, a Member of the Advisory Board of Northeast Dutchess Fund since 2016, and the President and CIO of Ledge Harbor Management since 2016. Previously, Ms. Richards worked at Bessemer Trust Company from 1999 to 2014. Prior thereto, Ms. Richards held investment positions at Frank Russell Company from 1996 to 1999, Union Bank of Switzerland from 1993 to 1996, Credit Suisse from 1990 to 1993, and Hambros International Venture Capital Fund from 1988 to 1989. |
• |
C. Edward Ward, Jr.—In addition to his tenure as a Trustee of the Cohen & Steers funds, Mr. Ward has over 32 years of industry experience with closed-end investment companies, previously serving as Director of Closed-End Fund Management at the New York Stock Exchange. He also earned a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard University and served as a trustee of a private university. |
The Board believes that the significance of each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills is an individual matter (meaning that experience that is important for one Trustee may not have the same value for another) and that these factors are best evaluated at the board level, with no single Trustee, or particular factor, being indicative of board effectiveness. However, the Board believes that Trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties; the Board believes that their members satisfy this standard. Experience relevant to having this ability may be achieved through a Trustee’s educational background; business, professional training or practice (e.g., accounting or law), public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member (including the boards of other funds in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex) or as an executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. The charter for the Board’s Nominating Committee contains certain other specific requirements and factors considered by the Committee in identifying and selecting Trustee candidates.
To assist them in evaluating matters under federal and state law, the Trustees are counseled by their own independent legal counsel, who participates in Board meetings and interacts with the Investment Manager, and also may benefit from information provided by the Fund’s and the Investment Manager’s counsel; both Board and Fund counsel have significant experience advising funds and fund board members. The Board and its committees have the ability to engage other experts as appropriate. The Board evaluates its performance on an annual basis.
Board Composition and Leadership Structure. The 1940 Act requires that at least 40% of a Fund’s trustees not be “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund and, as such, not affiliated with the Investment Manager (“Independent Trustees”). To rely on certain exemptive rules under the 1940 Act, a majority of a Fund’s Trustees must be Independent Trustees, and for certain important matters, such as the approval of investment advisory agreements or transactions with affiliates, the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder require the approval of a majority of the Independent Trustees. Currently, a majority of the Fund’s Trustees are Independent Trustees. The Chairman of the Board is an interested person of the Fund. The Board does not have a lead Independent Trustee. The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of the services that the Investment Manager and its affiliates provide to the Fund and potential conflicts of interest that could arise from these relationships.
S-31
The officers of the Fund (other than Mr. Steers, whose biography is provided above) their addresses, their years of birth, and their principal occupations for at least the past five years are set forth below.
Name, Address(1) and
|
Position(s)
|
Principal Occupation(s) During At Least The Past Five Years |
Length of
Time Served(3) |
|||
Adam M. Derechin
1964 |
President and Chief Executive Officer | Chief Operating Officer of the Investment Manager since 2003 and prior to that, Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager. | 2005 | |||
Dana A. DeVivo
1981 |
Secretary and Chief Legal Officer | Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2019. Prior to that, Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2013. | 2015 | |||
James Giallanza
1966 |
Chief Financial Officer | Executive Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2014. Prior to that, Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2006. | 2006 | |||
Stephen Murphy
1966 |
Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President | Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2019. Prior to that, Managing Director at Mirae Asset Securities (USA) Inc. since 2017. Prior to that, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Weiss Multi-Strategy Advisers LLC since 2011. | 2019 | |||
Albert Laskaj
1977 |
Treasurer | Senior Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2019. Vice President of the Investment Manager since 2015. Prior to that, Director of Legg Mason & Co. since 2013. | 2015 |
(1) |
The address for all officers is 280 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. |
(2) |
Each appointed by the Board and serves at the pleasure of the Board. |
(3) |
The length of time served represents the year in which the officer was first appointed to any fund in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex. |
The following table provides information concerning the dollar range of the Fund’s equity securities owned by each Trustee and the aggregate dollar range of securities owned in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex, each as of December 31, 2019.
A—None
B—$1-$10,000
C—$10,001-$50,000
D—$50,001-$100,000
E—Over $100,000
S-32
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund as of December 31, 2019* |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex as of December 31, 2019 |
|||||||
Robert H. Steers |
A | E | ||||||
Joseph M. Harvey |
A | E | ||||||
Michael G. Clark |
A | E | ||||||
George Grossman |
A | E | ||||||
Dean A. Junkans |
A | E | ||||||
Gerald J. Maginnis |
A | E | ||||||
Jane F. Magpiong |
A | E | ||||||
Daphne L. Richards |
A | E | ||||||
C. Edward Ward, Jr. |
A | E |
* |
The Fund is newly organized and has no operating history. |
Conflicts of Interest. No Independent Trustee and none of their immediate family members, own any securities issued by the Investment Manager or the Distributor, or any person or entity (other than the Fund and other funds in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Investment Manager or the Distributor.
Board’s Role in Fund Governance
Committees. The Fund’s Board has five standing committees, the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, the Contract Review Committee, the Governance Committee and the Dividend Committee. Each Committee is composed solely of Independent Trustees. All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Nominating and Contract Review Committees. The members of the Governance Committee are Dean A. Junkans, C. Edward Ward, Jr., Jane F. Magpiong and Daphne L. Richards. The members of the Audit Committee are Michael G. Clark, George Grossman and Gerald J. Maginnis. Gerald J. Maginnis was elected to serve as Audit Committee Chair. The members of the Dividend Committee are Gerald J. Maginnis, Dean A. Junkans, Jane F. Magpiong and Michael G. Clark.
The function of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting process. The functions of the Nominating Committee are to identify individuals qualified to become members of the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created, to select the Trustee nominees for any future meeting of shareholders and to set any necessary standards or qualifications for service on the Board. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees properly recommended by the Fund’s shareholders. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations that include, among other things, biographical data and the qualifications of the proposed nominee to the Fund’s Secretary. The main functions of the Contract Review Committee are to make recommendations to the Board after reviewing investment management and other contracts that the Fund has with the Investment Manager and to select third parties to provide evaluative reports and other information regarding the services provided by the Investment Manager to the Board. The main function of the Governance Committee is to assist the Board in the oversight of appropriate and effective governance of the Fund. The Governance Committee will oversee, among other things, the structure and composition of the Board committees, the size of the Board, including the number of Independent Trustees, and the compensation of Independent Trustees for service on the Board and any Board committee.
Board’s Oversight Role in Management. The Board’s role in management of the Fund is oversight. As is the case with virtually all investment companies (as distinguished from operating companies), service providers to the Fund, primarily the Investment Manager and its affiliates, have responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund, which includes responsibility for risk management (including management of investment performance and investment risk, valuation risk, issuer and counterparty credit risk, compliance risk and operational risk). As part of its oversight, the Board, acting at its scheduled meetings, regularly interacts with and receives reports from senior personnel of service providers, including the Fund’s and the Investment Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer and
S-33
portfolio management personnel. The Board’s Audit Committee meets during its scheduled meetings, and between meetings the Audit Committee Chairman maintains contact, with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Fund’s Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. The Board also receives periodic presentations from senior personnel of the Investment Manager or its affiliates regarding risk management generally, as well as periodic presentations regarding specific operational, compliance or investment areas such as business continuity, anti-money laundering, personal trading, valuation, credit, investment research and securities lending. The Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to address certain risks to the Fund. In addition, the Investment Manager and certain service providers to the Fund have adopted a variety of policies, procedures and controls designed to address particular risks to the Fund. However, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks to the Fund. The Board also receives reports from counsel to the Fund and the Investment Manager and the Board’s own independent legal counsel regarding regulatory compliance and governance matters. The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Fund’s investments or activities.
Compensation of Trustees and Certain Officers
The following table sets forth estimated information regarding compensation expected to be paid to the Trustees by the Fund for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2020 and the aggregate compensation paid by the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2019. Officers of the Funds and Interested Trustees do not receive any compensation from any Fund or any other fund in the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex, except for the Chief Compliance Officer, who receives less than $60,000 from the Fund. The Independent Trustees are paid an annual base retainer of $155,500, paid quarterly, and a $10,000 per meeting fee per quarter ($40,000 annually). Such fees are allocated over the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex based on average net assets of each fund. Prior to January 1, 2020, the Independent Trustees’ base retainer was $149,500. Independent Trustees are also reimbursed their out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attendance at Board and Committee meetings. The Audit Committee Chairman is paid $25,000 per year in the aggregate for his service as Chairman of the Audit Committees of the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex, and the Contract Review and Governance Committee Chairman are each paid $20,000 per year in the aggregate for their work in connection with the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex. The Chairman of the Dividend Committee is not paid. The Nominating Committee Chairperson is paid $20,000 per year, to the extent a Board seat will be filled in that year and potential Board candidates are being interviewed and considered, for his work in connection with the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex. The Lead Independent Trustee is paid $50,000 per year in the aggregate for his service as lead Independent Trustee of the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex. Trustees also may be paid additional compensation for services related to the Board or its committees, as approved by the Board. The column headed “Total Compensation Paid to Trustee or Officer by Fund Complex,” represents the compensation paid by the twenty-one funds that each Trustee served in the Fund Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2019. The Trustees do not receive any pension or retirement benefits from the Cohen & Steers Fund Complex.
Name of Person, Position |
Aggregate
Compensation From Fund |
Total
Compensation From Fund and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees(2) |
||||||
Robert H. Steers(1), Trustee and Chairman |
None | $ | 0 | |||||
Joseph M. Harvey(1), Trustee |
None |
$
|
0
|
|
||||
Michael G. Clark |
None | $ | 239,500 | |||||
George Grossman |
None | $ | 209,500 | |||||
Gerald Maginnis |
None | $ | 214,500 | |||||
Dean A. Junkans |
None | $ | 209,500 | |||||
Jane F. Magpiong |
None | $ | 189,500 | |||||
Daphne L. Richards |
None | $ | 189,500 | |||||
C. Edward Ward, Jr. |
None | $ | 189,500 |
(1) |
Interested Trustee. |
(2) |
Total Compensation includes compensation paid by Cohen & Steers open-end and closed-end funds. |
S-34
The Fund is a newly organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this SAI, none of the trustees beneficially owns any securities issued by the Fund.
As of the date of this SAI, the Investment Manager owns 100% of the outstanding common shares and therefore controls the Fund.
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Manager
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., with offices located at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, is the Investment Manager to the Fund. The Investment Manager, a registered investment adviser, was formed in 1986. Its current clients include pension plans of leading corporations, endowment funds and mutual funds, including each of the open-end and closed-end Cohen & Steers funds. The Investment Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cohen & Steers, Inc., a publicly traded company whose common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CNS.” Mr. Steers is a “controlling person” of the Investment Manager on the basis of his ownership of the stock of Cohen & Steers, Inc.
For its services under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund will pay the Investment Manager a monthly investment management fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. In addition to the monthly management fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees, administration, custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of issuing any Preferred Shares, listing expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any. If the Fund utilizes leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for investment advisory and administration services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the NAV of the Common Shares, the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any Reverse Repurchase Agreements entered into by the Fund. The Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses are paid only by the Common Shareholders and not by holders of the Preferred Shares. See “Use of Leverage” in the Prospectus.
Portfolio Managers
Portfolio Managers. The Fund’s portfolio managers (each referred to as a “portfolio manager”) are listed below. Each portfolio manager manages other investment companies and/or investment vehicles and accounts in addition to the Fund. The following tables show, as of July 31, 2020, the number of accounts each portfolio manager managed in each of the listed categories and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category.
William Scapell
Number of
All Accounts |
Total Assets
(in millions) of All Accounts |
|||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
10 | $ | 19,561 | |||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
13 | $ | 2,803 | |||||
Other Accounts |
20 | $ | 3,381 |
S-35
Elaine Zaharis-Nikas
Number of
All Accounts |
Total Assets
(in millions) of All Accounts |
|||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
7 | $ | 15,633 | |||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
12 | $ | 2,652 | |||||
Other Accounts |
18 | $ | 3,041 |
Jerry Dorost
Number of
All Accounts |
Total Assets
(in millions) of All Accounts |
|||||||
Registered Investment Companies |
8 | $ | 17,044 | |||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
11 | $ | 2,417 | |||||
Other Accounts |
16 | $ | 1,820 |
Share Ownership. The Fund is a newly organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owns any securities issued by the Fund.
Conflicts of Interest. Although the potential for conflicts of interest exist when an investment adviser and portfolio managers manage other accounts that invest in securities in which the Fund may invest or that may pursue a strategy similar to the Fund’s strategies, the Investment Manager has procedures in place that are designed to ensure that all accounts are treated fairly and that the Fund is not disadvantaged.
For example, a portfolio manager may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, resources and investment opportunities among the Fund and the other accounts or vehicles he advises. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions among the Fund and the other accounts, a portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Fund. In some cases, another account managed by a portfolio manager may provide more revenue to the Investment Manager. While this may appear to create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities, the Investment Manager strives to ensure that portfolio managers endeavor to exercise their discretion in a manner that is equitable to all interested persons. In this regard, in the absence of specific account-related limitations (such as client-imposed restrictions or lack of available cash), it is the general policy of the Investment Manager to allocate investment ideas pro rata to all accounts with the same primary investment strategy, except where an allocation would not produce a meaningful position size. In addition, the Fund, as a registered investment company, is subject to different regulations than certain of the other accounts, and, consequently, may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions, or to engage in such techniques or transactions to the same degree, as the other accounts.
Certain of the portfolio managers may from time to time manage one or more accounts on behalf of the Investment Manager and its affiliated companies (the “CNS Accounts”). Certain securities held and traded in the CNS Accounts also may be held and traded in one or more client accounts. It is the policy of the Investment Manager, however, not to put the interests of the CNS Accounts ahead of the interests of client accounts. The Investment Manager may aggregate orders of client accounts with those of the CNS Accounts; however, under no circumstances will preferential treatment be given to the CNS Accounts. For all orders involving the CNS Accounts, purchases or sales will be allocated prior to trade placement, and orders that are only partially filled will be allocated across all accounts in proportion to the shares each account, including the CNS Accounts, was designated to receive prior to trading, except as noted below. As a result, it is expected that the CNS Accounts will receive the same average price as other accounts included in the aggregated order. Shares will not normally
S-36
be allocated or re-allocated to the CNS Accounts after trade execution or after the average price is known. However, in the event so few shares of an order are executed that a pro-rata allocation is not practical, a rotational system of allocation may be used; however, the CNS Accounts will never be part of that rotation or receive shares of a partially filled order other than on a pro-rata basis.
Because certain CNS Accounts are managed with a cash management objective, it is possible that a security will be sold out of the CNS Accounts but continue to be held for one or more client accounts. In situations when this occurs, such security will remain in a client account only if the Investment Manager, acting in its reasonable judgment and consistent with its fiduciary duties, believes this is appropriate for, and consistent with the objectives and profile of, the client account.
Certain accounts managed by the Investment Manager may compensate the Investment Manager using performance based fees. Orders for these accounts will be aggregated, to the extent possible, with any other account managed by the Investment Manager, regardless of the method of compensation. In the event such orders are aggregated, allocation of partially-filled orders will be made on a pro-rata basis in accordance with pre-trade indications. An account’s fee structure is not considered when making allocation decisions.
Finally, the structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.
The Investment Manager and the Fund, have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address the above conflicts as well as other types of conflicts of interests. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
Investment Manager Compensation Structure. Compensation of portfolio managers and other investment professionals has three primary components: (1) a base salary, (2) an annual cash bonus and (3) long-term stock-based compensation consisting generally of restricted stock units of the Investment Manager and parent, CNS. All investment professionals, including the portfolio managers, also receive certain retirement, insurance and other benefits that are broadly available to all of its employees. Compensation of investment professionals is reviewed primarily on an annual basis. Cash bonuses, stock-based compensation awards, and adjustments in base salary are typically paid or put into effect in the January following the fiscal year-end of CNS. The Investment Manager compensates its portfolio managers based primarily on the scale and complexity of their portfolio responsibilities and the total return performance of funds and accounts managed by the portfolio manager compared with appropriate peer groups or benchmarks.
In evaluating the performance of a portfolio manager, primary emphasis is normally placed on one- and three-year performance. Performance is evaluated on a pre-tax and pre-expense basis. In addition to rankings within peer groups of funds on the basis of absolute performance, consideration may also be given to risk-adjusted performance. For funds and accounts with a primary investment objective of high current income, consideration will also be given to the funds’ and accounts’ success in achieving this objective. For managers responsible for multiple funds and accounts, investment performance is evaluated on an aggregate basis. Portfolio managers are also evaluated on the basis of their success in managing their dedicated team of analysts. Base compensation for portfolio managers of the Investment Manager varies in line with the portfolio manager’s seniority and position with the firm.
Salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation are also influenced by the operating performance of the Investment Manager and CNS. While the annual salaries of the Investment Manager’s portfolio managers are fixed, cash bonuses and stock based compensation may fluctuate significantly from year to year, based on changes in manager performance and other factors.
S-37
Administrative Services
Pursuant to an Administration Agreement, the Investment Manager also performs certain administrative and accounting functions for the Fund, including: (i) providing office space, telephone, office equipment and supplies for the Fund; (ii) paying compensation of the Fund’s officers for services rendered as such; (iii) authorizing expenditures and approving bills for payment on behalf of the Fund; (iv) supervising preparation of the periodic updating of the Fund’s registration statement, including Prospectus and SAI, for the purpose of filings with the SEC and state securities administrators and monitoring and maintaining the effectiveness of such filings, as appropriate; (v) supervising preparation of periodic reports to the Fund’s shareholders and filing of these reports with the SEC, Forms N-CEN filed with the SEC, notices of dividends, capital gains distributions and tax credits, and attending to routine correspondence and other communications with individual shareholders; (vi) supervising the daily pricing of the Fund’s investment portfolio and the publication of the NAV of the Fund’s shares, earnings reports and other financial data; (vii) monitoring relationships with organizations providing services to the Fund, including the custodian, transfer agent and printers; (viii) providing trading desk facilities for the Fund; (ix) supervising compliance by the Fund with record-keeping requirements under the Act and regulations thereunder, maintaining books and records for the Fund (other than those maintained by the custodian and transfer agent) and preparing and filing of tax reports other than the Fund’s income tax returns; and (x) providing executive, clerical and secretarial help needed to carry out these responsibilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Fund pays the Investment Manager an amount equal to, on an annual basis, 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
In accordance with the terms of the Administration Agreement and with the approval of the Fund’s Board, the Investment Manager has caused the Fund to retain State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) as co-administrator under a fund accounting and administration agreement (the “Co-Administration Agreement”). Under the Co-Administration Agreement, State Street has assumed responsibility for performing certain of the foregoing administrative functions, including (i) determining the Fund’s NAV and preparing these figures for publication; (ii) maintaining certain of the Fund’s books and records that are not maintained by the Investment Manager, custodian or transfer agent; (iii) preparing financial information for the Fund’s income tax returns, proxy statements, shareholders reports, and SEC filings; and (iv) responding to shareholder inquiries.
Under the terms of the Co-Administration Agreement, the Fund pays State Street a monthly co-administration fee. The co-administration fee paid by the Fund to State Street is computed on the basis of the average daily managed assets of the Fund at an annual rate equal to 0.0040% of the first $12.5 billion in managed assets, 0.0032% of the next $12.5 billion in managed assets, 0.0025% of the next $10 billion in managed assets, and 0.0015% of managed assets in excess of $35 billion. The Fund also pays certain fixed amounts for additional services. The aggregate fee paid by the Fund and the other funds advised by the Investment Manager to State Street is computed by multiplying the total number of funds by each break point in the above schedule in order to determine the aggregate break points to be used in calculating the total fee paid by the Cohen & Steers family of funds. The Fund is then responsible for its pro rata amount of the aggregate administration fee.
The Investment Manager remains responsible for monitoring and overseeing the performance by State Street as co-administrator and custodian, and Computershare Inc. (“Computershare”) as transfer and disbursing agent, of their obligations to the Fund under their respective agreements with the Fund, subject to the overall authority of the Fund’s Board.
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
State Street Bank and Trust Company, which has its principal business office at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, has been retained to act as custodian of the Fund’s investments and Computershare Inc., which has its principal business office at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, as the Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent. Neither State Street nor Computershare, has any part in deciding the Fund’s investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold for the Fund’s portfolio.
S-38
The Fund and the Investment Manager have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and with respect to the Investment Manager, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, addressing personal securities transactions and other conduct by investment personnel and access persons who may have access to information about the Fund’s securities transactions. The codes are intended to address potential conflicts of interest that can arise in connection with personal trading activities of such persons. Persons subject to the codes are generally permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, including investing in securities eligible for investment by the Fund, subject to certain prohibitions, which may include prohibitions on investing in certain types of securities, pre-clearance requirements, blackout periods, annual and quarterly reporting of personal securities holdings and limitations on personal trading of initial public offerings. Violations of the codes are subject to review by the Board and could result in severe penalties. The codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.
The Fund’s Board has delegated to the Investment Manager the responsibility for voting proxies on behalf of the Fund, and has determined that the Investment Manager will vote proxies with respect to those portfolio securities for which they have investment responsibility. A summary of the Investment Manager’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is set forth in Appendix A.
The Fund is required to file Form N-PX, with its complete proxy voting record for the 12 months ended June 30th, no later than August 31st of each year. The Fund’s Form N-PX filings are available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling the Fund toll-free at (800) 437-9912 and (ii) on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Subject to the supervision of the Trustees, decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund and negotiation of its brokerage commission rates are made by the Investment Manager. Transactions on U.S. and, as applicable, non-U.S. stock exchanges involve the payment by the Fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Generally, commissions relating to securities traded on foreign exchanges will be higher than commissions relating to securities traded on U.S. exchanges. Fixed-income securities are purchased and sold (including certain preferred securities) through principal transactions, meaning the securities are normally purchased on a net basis directly from the issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal for the securities. The Fund generally does not pay a stated brokerage commission on these transactions, although the purchase price for such securities usually includes an undisclosed compensation. Purchases of securities from underwriters typically include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and purchases from dealers serving as market-makers typically include a dealer’s mark-up (i.e., a spread between the bid and asked prices). There is generally no stated commission in the case of equity securities traded in the OTC market but the price paid by the Fund usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-up. In certain instances, the Fund may make purchases of underwritten or agency placed issues at prices that reflect underwriting or placement fees. The Investment Manager will only cause the Fund to engage in these transactions if they deem such participation to be in the best interests of the Fund. In certain circumstances, regulatory restrictions may prevent the Fund from purchasing securities in an offering in which an affiliate serves as placement agent of the issuer, and the Fund’s inability to participate could be deemed to be to the detriment of the Fund.
S-39
The Investment Manager has the responsibility of selecting brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions. In selecting a broker to execute each particular transaction, the Investment Manager generally will take the following into consideration (if and as relevant to the transaction): the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker; the size and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis. Accordingly, the cost of the brokerage commissions to the Fund in any transaction may be greater than that available from other brokers if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution and other services offered.
In transactions to buy and sell fixed-income securities, the selection of the broker-dealer is determined by the availability of the desired security and its offering price, as well as the broker-dealer’s general execution and operational and financial capabilities in the type of transaction involved. The Investment Manager will seek to obtain prompt execution of orders at the most favorable prices or yields and may consider other factors as appropriate.
In addition, the Investment Manager may receive research services from a broker in connection with initiating portfolio transactions for the Fund. Research services include pricing and market data services. The Investment Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged solely for execution services for that transaction if the Investment Manager, as the case may be, determines in good faith that the commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the research service provided.
Research and investment information may be provided by brokers at no cost to the Investment Manager and is available for the benefit of other accounts advised by the Investment Manager and its affiliates, and not all of the information will be used in connection with the Fund. While this information may be useful in varying degrees and may tend to reduce the Investment Manager’s expenses, it is not possible to estimate its value, and in the opinion of the Investment Manager, it does not reduce the Investment Manager’s expenses in a determinable amount.
The extent to which the Investment Manager makes use of statistical, research and other services furnished by brokers is considered by the Investment Manager in the allocation of brokerage business but there is no formula by which such business is allocated. The Investment Manager does so in accordance with its judgment of the best interests of the Fund. The Investment Manager may also take into account payments made by brokers effecting transactions for the Fund to other persons on behalf of the Fund for services provided to it for which it would be obligated to pay (such as custodial and professional fees).
Pursuant to its internal procedures, the Investment Manager regularly evaluates the brokerage and research services provided by each broker-dealer that it uses.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund will determine the NAV of its shares as of the close of trading of the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) no less frequently than the last business day of each week and at such other times as the Board may determine. The Fund intends to make its NAV available for publication weekly. NAV of the Common Shares is computed by dividing the value of all assets of the Fund (including accrued interest and dividends and current and deferred income tax assets), less all liabilities (including accrued expenses, distributions payable, any Borrowings, and liabilities under Reverse Repurchase Agreements) and less the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares, by the total number of Common Shares outstanding. Any interest rate swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating NAV. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending
S-40
on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
For purposes of determining the NAV per share of the Fund, readily marketable portfolio securities principally traded on any exchange or similar regulated market reporting contemporaneous transaction prices are valued, except as indicated below, at the last sale price reflected on such principal market on the business day as of which such value is being determined. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, or if no asked price is available, the bid price may be used. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, then the security is valued by such method as the Fund’s Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Portfolio securities traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the business day as of which such value is being determined as reflected on the tape at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities.
Readily marketable securities traded in the OTC market, including listed securities or assets whose primary market is believed by the Investment Manager to be OTC, are valued at the official closing prices as reported by sources as the Fund’s Board deem appropriate to reflect their fair market value. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, or if no asked price is available, at the bid price. However, certain fixed-income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are believed by the Investment Manager, pursuant to a delegation by the Board, to reflect the fair market value of such securities. In addition, certain swap agreements may be valued on the basis of the prices of the underlying reference assets.
Securities or assets for which market prices are unavailable, or for which the Investment Manager determines that bid and/or ask price or a counterparty valuation does not reflect market value, will be valued at fair value pursuant to procedures approved by the Fund’s Board. Circumstances in which market prices may be unavailable include, but are not limited to, when trading in a security or asset is suspended, the exchange on which the security or asset is traded is subject to an unscheduled close or disruption or material events occur after the close of the exchange on which the security or asset is principally traded. In these circumstances, the Fund determines fair value in a manner that fairly reflects the market value of the security or asset on the valuation date based on consideration of any information or factors it deems appropriate. These may include, but are not limited to, recent transactions in comparable securities or assets, information relating to the specific security or asset and developments in the markets.
The Fund’s use of fair value pricing may cause the NAV of the Common Shares to differ from the NAV that would be calculated using market quotations. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may be materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
Short-term debt securities, which have a maturity date of 60 days or less, are valued at amortized cost, which approximates value. Investments in open-end mutual funds are valued at their closing NAV.
Because the Fund may hold securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of securities held in the Fund may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell Fund shares on the NYSE Exchange.
The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead the Fund’s shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a
S-41
function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), NAV, call protection, price, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV, the Fund’s Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from NAV in respect of shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market, private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at NAV, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Board may not decide to take any of these actions. During the pendency of a tender offer, the Fund will publish how Common Shareholders may readily ascertain the NAV. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.
Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may use the accumulation of cash to finance repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any Borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations under each of those Acts.
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from NAV will be made by the Board at the time it considers the issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of Common Shares or a tender offer for such shares if (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in delisting of the Common Shares from the NYSE, or (b) impair the Fund’s status as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act; (2) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or a suspension of payment by U.S. banks in which the Fund invests, (d) material limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Fund or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below NAV will result in an increase in the NAV of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below NAV will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their NAV. Nevertheless, the fact that the shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at NAV from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and NAV that might otherwise exist.
In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining.
Before deciding whether to take any action, the Fund’s Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on the considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
S-42
Set forth below is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax issues concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Fund shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Fund shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country, or other taxing jurisdiction.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund intends to elect and to qualify annually as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Code.
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from: (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by (I) cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and (II) other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (b) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
For purposes of the diversification test described in (ii) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (ii) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (ii) above.
S-43
As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (which includes among other items, dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if any, that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and any net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gains.
The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return by limiting its ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions it would otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs.
In certain circumstances, it may be difficult for the Fund to meet the 90% gross income test and the diversification test described above. If the Fund were to fail to meet either of these tests, or the distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including in the case of a gross income test failure, by paying the Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individuals, provided, in both cases, that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of Fund shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. Thus failure to qualify as a RIC would likely significantly reduce the Fund’s investment return to its shareholders.
If the Fund does retain any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it will also be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim such refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of a shareholder’s Fund shares will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31), and its (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
S-44
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement, described below, are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections and not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending on October 31 (or November 30 or December 31 if the Fund is eligible to elect and so elects), and (3) any ordinary income and capital gain net income for previous years that was not distributed during those years. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 (or November 30, if a RIC makes the election referred to above) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year; in the case of the Fund with a December 31 year end that makes the election described above, no such gains or losses will be so treated. Also, for purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. Capital loss carryforwards will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration to offset capital gains realized during such subsequent taxable years; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. The Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards, if any, will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.
To the extent the Fund incurs interest-related expenses, its ability to deduct such expenses may be limited, to the extent they exceed 30% of the Fund’s “adjusted taxable income” as defined in Section 163(j) of the Code and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. Any amounts of such expenses that are limited in a taxable year may be carried forward. If a Fund’s interest-related expense deductions are limited in a taxable year, the Fund may be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income than would otherwise be the case. In certain cases, this may require the Fund to sell investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of additional gain.
Distributions
Dividends paid out of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income.
Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated the gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned for one year or less. Tax rules can alter the Fund’s holding period in its investments and thereby affect the tax treatment of gain or loss on such investments. Distributions of net long-term capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gains and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. The Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income” which, when received by an individual, will be taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels.
S-45
In order for some portion of the dividends received by each Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income that is eligible for taxation at net long-term capital gain rates, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company. Dividends paid by REITs will generally not qualify as qualified dividend income.
If the aggregate qualified dividends received by the Fund during a taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares.
Pursuant to proposed regulations on which the Fund may rely, distributions by the Fund to its shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by a RIC from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the regulated investment company in a written notice to its shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholders receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying regulated investment company shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.
Dividends received by corporate shareholders may qualify for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations (other than REITs) and to the extent, if any, that a portion of interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund is treated as a dividend. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)).
S-46
Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
Dividends and distributions on Fund shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s NAV reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses.
A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by that Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.
Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional shares of the Fund.
Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal income tax status of distributions.
Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares
Upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund which a shareholder holds as a capital asset, including an exchange of shares in the Fund for shares of another Cohen & Steers fund, such shareholder will generally realize a capital gain or loss which will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. A shareholder who exchanges shares in the Fund for shares of another Cohen & Steers fund will have a tax basis in the newly-acquired fund shares equal to the cost of such newly acquired shares, and will begin a new holding period for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If a shareholder exchanges shares in the Fund held for not more than 90 days for shares in another Fund or another Cohen & Steers fund pursuant to a reinvestment right, the sales charge incurred in the purchase of the Fund shares exchanged may not be added to the tax basis in determining gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent an otherwise applicable sales charge on the purchase of the newly-acquired shares is reduced pursuant to the reinvestment right. Instead, the sales charge for the exchanged fund shares shall be added to the cost basis of the newly-acquired shares for purposes of determining gain or loss on the disposition of such newly-acquired fund shares, if such newly-acquired fund shares are not disposed of in a similar exchange transaction within 90 days. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced (including through reinvestment of dividends) with substantially similar shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
S-47
Upon the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary may be required to provide you and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares you redeemed or exchanged. See the Fund’s Prospectus for more information.
If a shareholder recognizes a loss in a single year with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Significant penalties may be imposed upon a failure to comply with this requirement. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income
The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.
Tender Offer or Share Repurchases
From time to time, the Fund may make a tender offer for its common shares. Shareholders who tender all common shares held, or considered to be held, by them and do not hold (directly or by attribution) any other Fund shares (namely, preferred shares) will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its common shares, or continues to hold (directly or by attribution) other Fund shares (preferred shares), such shareholder may be treated as having received a distribution under Section 301 of the Code (“Section 301 distribution”) unless the redemption is treated as being either (i) “substantially disproportionate” with respect to such shareholder or (ii) otherwise “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” under the relevant rules of the Code. A Section 301 distribution is not treated as a sale or exchange giving rise to a capital gain or loss, but rather is treated as a dividend to the extent supported by the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the shareholder’s tax basis in Fund shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Where a redeeming shareholder is treated as receiving a dividend, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders whose interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the common shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote.
To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders or otherwise repurchases Fund shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its common shareholders.
Nature of Fund’s Investments
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) treat Fund investments as producing income that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement, (ii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the
S-48
allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iv) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (v) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vi) adversely affect the time at which a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, and (vii) adversely alter the characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of certain complex financial transactions.
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of certain Fund investments is unclear with respect to the timing and character of income recognized by the Fund. An adverse determination by the IRS could require the Fund to purchase or sell securities or to make additional distributions in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs. Further, the application of the diversification, gross income and distribution requirements for treatment as a RIC under the Code can be unclear with respect to certain investments. As a result, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to maintain its status as a RIC.
Debt Obligations Purchased at a Discount
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by the Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income (and required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the obligation receives no interest payment in cash on the obligation during the year.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, (i) any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt obligation having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt obligation, (ii) alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation, and (iii) the rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
If the Fund holds the foregoing kinds of securities or other debt securities subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by disposition of portfolio securities including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally
S-49
taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend than if the Fund had not held such securities.
A portion of the OID accrued on certain high yield discount obligations may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such OID.
Debt Obligations Purchased at a Premium
Very generally, where the Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity (i.e., a premium), the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if the Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds, the Fund generally is permitted to deduct any premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require the Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.
Higher-Risk and High-Yield Obligations
Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear on the treatment of such debt obligations, including as to whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if they invest in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that they distribute sufficient income to preserve their status as RICs and do not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Options, Futures and Other Derivative and Hedging Transactions
In general, option premiums received by the Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by the Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.
Certain covered call writing activities of the Fund may trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may constitute qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although
S-50
not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. These straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.
The tax treatment of certain contracts (including regulated futures contracts and non-equity options) entered into by the Fund will be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.
In addition to the special rules described above, the Fund’s transactions in derivative instruments (e.g., forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, thereby affecting whether capital gains and losses are treated as short-term or long-term. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders.
Because these and other tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.
The Fund’s investments in commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and can bear on the Fund’s ability so to qualify. Income and gains from certain commodity-linked instruments do not constitute qualifying income to a RIC for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked derivative instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If the Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other non-qualifying income, caused the Fund’s non-qualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.
Investment in non-U.S. Securities
Investment income and proceeds received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign taxes. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries, which entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, taxes on such income. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of the taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund is eligible to elect and so elects, (i) each shareholder will be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, his or her pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund, (ii) each shareholder will be treated as having paid his or her pro rata share of such foreign taxes and will therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various Code limitations) as a foreign tax
S-51
credit against federal income tax (but not both), and (iii) for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation rules of the Code, each shareholder will treat as foreign source income his or her pro rata share of such foreign taxes plus the portion of dividends received from the Fund representing income derived from foreign sources. Shareholders who do not itemize on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes. In certain circumstances, a shareholder that (i) has held shares of the Fund for less than a specified minimum period during which it is not protected from risk of loss or (ii) is obligated to make payments related to the dividends will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes deemed imposed on dividends paid on such shares. Additionally, the Fund must also meet this holding period requirement with respect to its foreign stocks and securities in order for “creditable” taxes to flow through. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in the Fund through tax-exempt accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Fund. Even if the Fund is eligible to make such an election for a given year, it may determine not to do so. If the Fund is not eligible to or does not make such election, shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes incurred by the Fund; in such case, such foreign taxes would nonetheless reduce the Fund’s taxable income. Each shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser regarding the potential application of foreign tax credits.
The tax status of certain non-U.S. entities in which the Fund may invest is unclear; an adverse determination by the IRS could alter the timing and character of the Fund’s income from such investments, as well as the application of the income, diversification and distribution requirements for RIC qualification.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income, receivables, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time that Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses will generally reduce and potentially require the re-characterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.
Book/Tax Differences
Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to either qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment or to eliminate a Fund-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.
S-52
Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts
Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs qualifying as such under Subchapter M of the Code may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In such an event, to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.
Investments in Mortgage-Related Securities
The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass- through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts to the extent it invests in such interests. See “Investment by Tax-Exempt Shareholders” below.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions not withstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies
Investments treated as equity investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes that the Fund makes in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”
S-53
Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.
Investments in Other Regulated Investment Companies
The Fund’s investments in shares of a mutual fund, ETF or another company that qualifies as a RIC (each, an “underlying RIC”) can cause the Fund to be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income or net capital gain than the Fund would have distributed had it invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC, rather than in shares of the underlying RIC. Further, the amount or timing of distributions from the Fund qualifying for treatment as a particular character (for example, long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC.
If the Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its shareholders a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.
If the Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its shareholders its distributions derived from those dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction as well, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.
Backup Withholding
The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions payable to shareholders who fail to provide that Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.
Investment by Tax-Exempt Investors
Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity will not generally be attributed as UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in the Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in the Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the
S-54
Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund.
CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.
Foreign Shareholders
Distributions by the Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends, and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.
In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to shareholders. The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States, under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation.
If the Fund invests in a RIC that pays Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends or interest-related dividends to the Fund, such distributions retain their character as not subject to withholding if properly reported when paid by the Fund to foreign shareholders. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.
In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are
S-55
urged to consult their tax advisors. Distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends (e.g. dividends attributable to foreign-source dividend and interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).
A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) in the case of a foreign shareholder that is an individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).
Special rules would apply if the Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A RIC that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and RICs that are QIEs, not-greater-than 10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in RICs generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether the Fund is a QIE. If an interest in the Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.
If the Fund were a QIE, under a special “look-through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands, and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund.
Foreign shareholders of the Fund also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.
The Fund generally do not expect shares of the Fund to be considered USRPIs.
Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Fund.
In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must
S-56
comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.
Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. Additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisers about their particular situation.
A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.
The Fund no longer accept investments from investors with non-U.S. addresses as well as dealer-controlled accounts designated as foreign accounts (“Restricted Accounts”). Existing Restricted Accounts can remain in the Fund, but will be prohibited from making further investments into their accounts. U.S. Armed Forces and Diplomatic post office addresses abroad will be treated as U.S. addresses and are able to invest in the Fund. For more information, please call (800) 437-9912.
Shareholder Reporting with Respect to Foreign Financial Accounts
Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR). Shareholders should consult their tax advisor, and persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require the Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the required information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends. The IRS and Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not be applicable to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or capital gain dividends the Fund pays. If a payment by the Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above.
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.
Other Taxation
Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
S-57
COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ropes & Gray LLP serves as counsel to the Fund, and is located at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036-8704. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), located at 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, has been appointed as independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. The statement of assets and liabilities of the Fund as of September 15, 2020 included in this Statement of Additional Information has been so included in reliance on the report of PwC, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of the firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
S-58
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Opinion on the Financial Statement
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”) as of September 15, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of September 15, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Fund’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Fund in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit of this financial statement in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
September 24, 2020
We have served as the auditor of one or more investment companies in the Cohen & Steers family of mutual funds since 1991.
S-59
The Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund Statement of Assets and Liabilities presented below has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.
COHEN & STEERS TAX-ADVANTAGED PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
September 15, 2020
ASSETS: |
||||
Cash |
$ | 100,000 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS |
$ | 100,000 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS applicable to 4,000 shares of $0.001 par value of common stock outstanding |
$ | 100,000 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS consist of: |
||||
Paid-in capital |
$ | 100,000 | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 100,000 | |||
|
|
See accompanying notes to financial statement.
S-60
COHEN & STEERS TAX-ADVANTAGED PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND
Note 1: Organization
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”) was organized as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Maryland on November 14, 2019 and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) as a non-diversified closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s primary investment objective is high current income. The Fund’s secondary investment objective is capital appreciation. The Fund has been inactive since that date except for matters relating to the Fund’s establishment, designation, registration of the Fund’s shares of common stock (“Shares”) under the Securities Act of 1933, and the sale of 4,000 shares for $100,000 to Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Investment Manager”). The proceeds of such Initial Shares in the Fund were held in cash.
The Investment Manager has agreed to pay all organizational and offering expenses of the Fund, estimated to be approximately $53,500 and $1,320,000, respectively. These amounts may vary depending on the size of the Fund. The Investment Manager has also agreed to pay, from its own assets, compensation to the underwriters in connection with the offering.
Note 2: Accounting Policies
The Fund is an investment company and, accordingly, follows the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946 - Investment Companies. The preparation of the financial statement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Note 3: Investment Manager and Administration Agreements
The Fund has entered into an Investment Management Agreement with the Investment Manager, pursuant to which the Investment Manager will provide general investment advisory services for the Fund. For providing these services, the Investment Manager will receive a fee from the Fund, accrued daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily managed assets. Managed assets are the Fund’s net assets, plus the principal amount of loans from financial institutions or debt securities issued by the Fund, the liquidation preference of preferred shares issued by the Fund, if any, and the proceeds of any reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund, if any.
The Fund has entered into an administration agreement with the Investment Manager under which the Investment Manager performs certain administrative functions for the Fund and receives a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.06% of the average daily managed assets of the Fund.
Note 4: Co-Administrator, Transfer Agent and Custodian
State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Fund’s Co-Administrator pursuant to a master Administration Agreement. Computershare Inc. serves as the Fund’s Transfer Agent pursuant to a master Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Fund, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Fund’s Custodian pursuant to a Master Custodian Agreement.
Note 5: Other
In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred. However, the Fund expects the risk of loss to be remote.
S-61
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES
A. Responsibility. The Investment Manager shall seek to ensure that there is an effective means in place to hold companies accountable for their actions. While management must be accountable to its board, the board must be accountable to a company’s shareholders. Although accountability can be promoted in a variety of ways, protecting shareholder voting rights may be among our most important tools.
B. Rationalizing Management and Shareholder Concerns. The Investment Manager seeks to ensure that the interests of a company’s management and board are aligned with those of the company’s shareholders. In this respect, compensation must be structured to reward the creation of shareholder value.
C. Shareholder Communication. Since companies are owned by their shareholders, the Investment Manager seeks to ensure that management effectively communicates with its owners about the company’s business operations and financial performance. It is only with effective communication that shareholders will be able to assess the performance of management and to make informed decisions on when to buy, sell or hold a company’s securities. In exercising voting rights, the Investment Manager follows the general principles set forth below.
• |
The ability to exercise a voting right with respect to a security is a valuable right and, therefore, must be viewed as part of the asset itself. |
• |
In exercising voting rights, the Investment Manager shall engage in a careful evaluation of issues that may materially affect the rights of shareholders and the value of the security. |
• |
Consistent with general fiduciary principles, the exercise of voting rights shall always be conducted with reasonable care, prudence and diligence. |
• |
In exercising voting rights on behalf of clients, the Investment Manager shall conduct itself in the same manner as if the Investment Manager was the constructive owner of the securities. |
• |
To the extent reasonably possible, the Investment Manager shall participate in each shareholder voting opportunity. |
• |
Voting rights shall not automatically be exercised in favor of management-supported proposals. |
• |
The Investment Manager, and its officers and employees, shall never accept any item of value in consideration of a favorable proxy voting decision. |
Set forth below are general guidelines followed by the Investment Manager in exercising proxy voting rights:
Prudence. In making a proxy voting decision, the Investment Manager shall give appropriate consideration to all relevant facts and circumstances, including the value of the securities to be voted and the likely effect any vote may have on that value. Since voting rights must be exercised on the basis of an informed judgment, investigation shall be a critical initial step.
Third Party Views. While the Investment Manager may consider the views of third parties, the Investment Manager shall never base a proxy voting decision solely on the opinion of a third party. Rather, decisions shall be based on a reasonable and good faith determination as to how best to maximize shareholder value.
Shareholder Value. Just as the decision whether to purchase or sell a security is a matter of judgment, determining whether a specific proxy resolution will increase the market value of a security is a matter of judgment as to which informed parties may differ. In determining how a proxy vote may affect the economic value of a security, the Investment Manager shall consider both short-term and long-term views about a
A-1
company’s business and prospects, especially in light of its projected holding period on the stock (e.g., the Investment Manager may discount long-term views on a short-term holding).
Set forth below are guidelines as to how specific proxy voting issues shall be analyzed and assessed by the Investment Manager. While these guidelines will provide a framework for the Investment Manager decision making process, the mechanical application of these guidelines can never address all proxy voting decisions. When new issues arise or old issues present nuances not encountered before, the Investment Manager must be guided by its reasonable judgment to vote in a manner that the Investment Manager deems to be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. In addition, because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the below general guidelines may be inconsistent in certain circumstances for proxies of issuers of securities in Europe and Asia.
Uncontested Director Elections
Votes on director nominees should be made on a case-by-case basis using a “mosaic” approach, where all factors are considered in director elections and where no single issue is deemed to be determinative. For example, a nominee’s experience and business judgment may be critical to the long-term success of the portfolio company, notwithstanding the fact that he or she may serve on the board of more than four public companies. In evaluating nominees, the Investment Manager considers the following factors:
• |
Whether the nominee attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences; |
• |
Whether the nominee is an inside or affiliated outside director and sits on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees; |
• |
Whether the nominee ignored a significant shareholder proposal that was approved by a (i) majority of the shares outstanding or (ii) majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years; |
• |
Whether the nominee, without shareholder approval, to the Investment Manager’s knowledge instituted a new poison pill plan, extended an existing plan, or adopted a new plan upon the expiration of an existing plan during the past year; |
• |
Whether the nominee is an inside or affiliated outside director and the full board serves as the audit, compensation, or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees; |
• |
Whether the nominee is an insider or affiliated outsider on boards that are not at least majority independent; |
• |
Whether the nominee is the CEO of a publicly-traded company who serves on more than two public boards; |
• |
Whether the nominee serves on more than four public company boards; |
• |
Whether the nominee serves on the audit committee where there is evidence (such as audit reports or reports mandated under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) that there exists material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls; |
• |
Whether the nominee serves on the compensation committee if that director was present at the time of the grant of backdated options or options the pricing or the timing of which Investment Manager believes may have been manipulated to provide additional benefits to executives; |
• |
Whether the nominee is believed by the Investment Manager to have a material conflict of interest with the portfolio company; |
• |
Whether the nominee (or the overall board) in the Investment Manager’s view has a record of making poor corporate or strategic decisions or has demonstrated an overall lack of good business judgment; |
A-2
• |
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company; |
• |
Failure to replace management as appropriate; and |
• |
Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company. |
The Investment Manager votes on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals requesting companies to amend their bylaws in order to create access to the proxy so as to nominate candidates for directors. Investment Manager recognizes the importance of shareholder access to the ballot process as a means to ensure that boards do not become self-perpetuating and self-serving. However, the Investment Manager is also aware that some proposals may promote certain interest groups and could be disruptive to the nomination process. Special attention will be paid to companies that display a chronic lack of shareholder accountability.
Proxy Access
The Investment Manager recognizes the importance of shareholder access to the ballot process as a means to ensure that boards do not become self-perpetuating and self-serving. However, it is also aware that some proposals may promote certain interest groups and could be disruptive to the nomination process. The Investment Manager will generally vote against proxy access except in instances where companies have displayed a lack of shareholder accountability and where the proposal is specifically defined (i.e. minimum ownership threshold, duration, etc.).
Proxy Contests
Director Nominees in a Contested Election. By definition, this type of board candidate or slate runs for the purpose of seeking a significant change in corporate policy or control. Therefore, the economic impact of the vote in favor of or in opposition to that director or slate must be analyzed using a higher standard such as is normally applied to changes in control. Criteria for evaluating director nominees as a group or individually should also include: the underlying reason why the new slate (or individual director) is being proposed; performance; compensation; corporate governance provisions and takeover activity; criminal activity; attendance at meetings; investment in the company; interlocking directorships; inside, outside and independent directors; number of other board seats; and other experience. It is impossible to have a general policy regarding director nominees in a contested election.
Reimbursement of Proxy Solicitation Expenses. Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest should be made on a case-by-case basis.
Ratification of Auditors
The Investment Manager votes for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and are therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position. Generally, the Investment Manager votes against auditor ratification and withhold votes from audit committee members if non-audit fees exceed audit fees. The Investment Manager votes on a case-by-case basis on auditor rotation proposals. Criteria for evaluating the rotation proposal include, but are not limited to: tenure of the audit firm; establishment and disclosure of a renewal process whereby the auditor is regularly evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price; length of the rotation period advocated in the proposal; and any significant audit related issues. Generally, the Investment Manager votes against auditor indemnification and limitation of liability; however the Investment Manager recognizes there may be situations where indemnification and limitations on liability may be appropriate.
A-3
Takeover Defenses
While the Investment Manager recognizes that a takeover attempt can be a significant distraction for the board and management to deal with, the simple fact is that the possibility of a corporate takeover keeps management focused on maximizing shareholder value. As a result, the Investment Manager opposes measures that are designed to prevent or obstruct corporate takeovers because they can entrench current management. The following are the Investment Manager’s guidelines on change of control issues:
Shareholder Rights Plans. The Investment Manager acknowledges that there are arguments for and against shareholder rights plans, also known as “poison pills.” Companies should put their case for rights plans to shareholders. The Investment Manager reviews on a case-by-case basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill. The Investment Manager generally looks for shareholder friendly features including a two- to three-year sunset provision, a permitted bid provision and a 20 percent or higher flip-in provision.
Greenmail. The Investment Manager votes for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restricts a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Unequal Voting Rights. Generally, the Investment Manager votes against dual-class recapitalizations as they offer an effective way for a firm to thwart hostile takeovers by concentrating voting power in the hands of management or other insiders.
Classified Boards. The Investment Manager generally votes in favor of shareholder proposals to declassify a board of directors, although the Investment Manager acknowledges that a classified board may be in the long-term best interests of a company in certain situations, such as continuity of a strong board and management team. In voting on shareholder proposals to declassify a board of directors, the Investment Manager evaluates all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal, including whether the shareholder proposing the de-classification has an agenda in making such proposal that may be at odds with the long-term best interests of the company or whether it would be in the best interests of the company to thwart a shareholder’s attempt to control the board of directors.
Cumulative Voting. Having the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors—that is, cast more than one vote for a director about whom they feel strongly—generally increases shareholders’ rights to effect change in the management of a corporation. However, the Investment Manager acknowledges that cumulative voting promotes special candidates who may not represent the interests of all, or even a majority, of shareholders. In voting on proposals to institute cumulative voting, the Investment Manager therefore evaluates all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal and it generally votes against cumulative voting where the company has good corporate governance practices in place, including majority voting for board elections and de-staggered boards.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meeting. The Investment Manager votes on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals requesting companies to amend their governance documents (bylaws and/or charter) in order to allow shareholders to call special meetings. The Investment Manager recognizes the importance on shareholder ability to call a special meeting and generally will vote for such shareholder proposals where the shareholder(s) making such proposal hold at least 20% of the company’s outstanding shares. However, the Investment Manager is also aware that some proposals are put forth in order to promote the agenda(s) of certain special interest groups and could be disruptive to the management of the company, and in those cases will vote against such shareholder proposals.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent. The Investment Manager generally votes against proposals to allow or facilitate shareholder action by written consent. The requirement that all shareholders be given notice of a shareholders’ meeting and matters to be discussed therein seems to provide a reasonable protection of minority shareholder rights.
A-4
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board. The Investment Manager generally votes for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board and vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval. While the Investment Manager recognizes the importance of such proposals, the Investment Manager is however also aware that these proposals are sometimes put forth in order to promote the agenda(s) of certain special interest groups and could be disruptive to the management of the company.
Miscellaneous Board Provisions
Board Committees. Boards should delegate key oversight functions, such as responsibility for audit, nominating and compensation issues, to independent committees. The chairman and members of any committee should be clearly identified in the annual report. Any committee should have the authority to engage independent investment advisers where appropriate at the company’s expense. Audit, nominating and compensation committees should consist solely of non-employee directors, who are independent of management.
Separate Chairman and CEO Positions. The Investment Manager will generally vote for proposals looking to separate the CEO and Chairman roles. The Investment Manager does acknowledge, however, that under certain circumstances, it may be reasonable for the CEO and Chairman roles to be held by a single person.
Lead Directors and Executive Sessions. In cases where the CEO and Chairman roles are combined, the Investment Manager will vote for the appointment of a “lead” (non-insider) director and for regular “executive” sessions (board meetings taking place without the CEO/Chairman present).
Majority of Independent Directors. The Investment Manager votes for proposals that call for the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors. The Investment Manager believes that a majority of independent directors can be an important factor in facilitating objective decision making and enhancing accountability to shareholders.
Independent Committees. The Investment Manager votes for shareholder proposals requesting that the board’s audit, compensation, and nominating committees consist exclusively of independent directors.
Stock Ownership Requirements. The Investment Manager supports measures requiring senior executives to hold a minimum amount of stock in a company (often expressed as a percentage of annual compensation), which may include restricted stock or restricted stock units.
Term of Office. The Investment Manager votes against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors. Term limits pose artificial and arbitrary impositions on the board and could harm shareholder interests by forcing experienced and knowledgeable directors off the board.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection. Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Board Size. The Investment Manager generally votes for proposals to limit the size of the board to 15 members or less.
Majority Vote Standard. The Investment Manager generally votes for proposals asking for the board to initiate the appropriate process to amend the company’s governance documents (charter or bylaws) to provide that director nominees shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast at an annual meeting of shareholders. The Investment Manager would generally review on a case-by-case basis proposals that address alternative approaches to a majority vote requirement.
Confidential Voting. The Investment Manager votes for shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management should
A-5
be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived. The Investment Manager also votes for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Bundled Proposals. The Investment Manager reviews on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, the Investment Manager examines the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances where the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, the Investment Manager votes against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, the Investment Manager supports such proposals. In the case of bundled director proposals, the Investment Manager will vote for the entire slate only if it would have otherwise voted for each director on an individual basis.
Date/Location of Meeting. The Investment Manager votes against shareholder proposals to change the date or location of the shareholders’ meeting. No one site will meet the needs of all shareholders.
Adjourn Meeting if Votes are Insufficient. Open-ended requests for adjournment of a shareholder meeting generally will not be supported. However, where management specifically states the reason for requesting an adjournment and the requested adjournment is necessary to permit a proposal that would otherwise be supported under this policy to be carried out; the adjournment request will be supported.
Disclosure of Shareholder Proponents. The Investment Manager votes for shareholder proposals requesting that companies disclose the names of shareholder proponents. Shareholders may wish to contact the proponents of a shareholder proposal for additional information.
Capital Structure
Increase Additional Common Stock. The Investment Manager generally votes for increases in authorized shares, provided that the increase is not greater than three times the number of shares outstanding and reserved for issuance (including shares reserved for stock-related plans and securities convertible into common stock, but not shares reserved for any poison pill plan). Votes generally are cast in favor of proposals to authorize additional shares of stock except where the proposal:
• |
creates a blank check preferred stock; or |
• |
establishes classes of stock with superior voting rights. |
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Votes generally are cast in opposition to management proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecific voting, conversion, distribution and other rights, and management proposals to increase the number of authorized blank check preferred shares. The Investment Manager may vote in favor of this type of proposal when it receives assurances to its reasonable satisfaction that (i) the preferred stock was authorized by the board for the use of legitimate capital formation purposes and not for anti-takeover purposes, and (ii) no preferred stock will be issued with voting power that is disproportionate to the economic interests of the preferred stock. These representations should be made either in the proxy statement or in a separate letter from the company to the Investment Manager.
Preemptive Rights. The Investment Manager believes that the governance and regulation of public equity markets allow for adequate shareholder protection against dilution. Further, it believes that companies should have more flexibility to issue shares without costly and time constraining rights offerings. As such, the Investment Manager does not believe that pre-emptive rights are necessary and as such, it generally votes for the issuance of equity shares without pre-emptive rights. On a limited basis, the Investment Manager will vote for shareholder pre-emptive rights where such pre-emptive rights are necessary, taking into account the best interests of the company’s shareholders.
A-6
The Investment Manager acknowledges that international local practices typically call for shareholder pre-emptive rights when a company seeks authority to issue shares (e.g., UK authority for the issuance of only up to 5% of outstanding shares without pre-emptive rights). While the Investment Manager would prefer that companies be permitted to issue shares without pre-emptive rights, in deference to international local practices, in markets outside the US it will approve issuance requests without pre-emptive rights for up to 100% of a company’s outstanding capital.
Dual Class Capitalizations. Because classes of common stock with unequal voting rights limit the rights of certain shareholders, the Investment Manager votes against adoption of a dual or multiple class capitalization structure.
Restructurings/Recapitalizations. The Investment Manager review proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis. In voting, the Investment Manager considers the following issues:
• |
dilution—how much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be? |
• |
change in control—will the transaction result in a change in control of the company? |
• |
bankruptcy—generally, approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses. |
Share Repurchase Programs. Boards may institute share repurchase or stock buy-back programs for a number of reasons. The Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of such programs where the repurchase would be in the long-term best interests of shareholders, and where the company is not thought to be able to use the cash in a more useful way. The Investment Manager will vote against such programs when shareholders’ interests could be better served by deployment of the cash for alternative uses, or where the repurchase is a defensive maneuver or an attempt to entrench management.
Targeted Share Placements. These shareholder proposals ask companies to seek shareholder approval before placing 10% or more of their voting stock with a single investor. The proposals are typically in reaction to the placement by various companies of a large block of their voting stock in an employee stock ownership plan, parent capital fund or with a single friendly investor, with the aim of protecting themselves against a hostile tender offer. These proposals are voted on a case-by-case basis after reviewing the individual situation of the company receiving the proposal.
Executive and Director Compensation
Executive Compensation (“Say on Pay”). Votes regarding shareholder “say on pay” are determined on a case-by-case basis. Generally, the Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be tied to the long-term performance of the executive and the company both in absolute and relative to the peer group. The Investment Manager therefore monitors the compensation practices of portfolio companies to determine whether compensation to these executives is commensurate to the company’s total shareholder return (TSR) (i.e., the Investment Manager generally expects companies that pay their executives at the higher end of the pay range to also be performing commensurately well).
Further, pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated on a case-by-case basis considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The following list highlights certain negative pay practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:
• |
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options); |
A-7
• |
Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups; |
• |
New or extended agreements that provide for: |
• |
CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and bonus; |
• |
CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers); |
• |
CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups). |
Also, the Investment Manager generally votes for shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”). The Investment Manager generally votes for annual advisory votes on compensation as it notes that executive compensation is also evaluated on an annual basis by the company’s compensation committee.
Stock-based Incentive Plans. Votes with respect to compensation plans should be determined on a case-by-case basis. The analysis of compensation plans focuses primarily on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders).
Other matters included in the analysis are the amount of the company’s outstanding stock to be reserved for the award of stock options or restricted stock, whether the exercise price of an option is less than the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant of the options, and whether the plan provides for the exchange of outstanding options for new ones at lower exercise prices. Every award type is valued. An estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all continuing plans is derived. This cost, dilution to shareholders’ equity, will also be expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth and will be considered along with dilution to voting power. Once the cost of the plan is estimated, it is compared to an allowable industry-specific and market cap-based dilution cap. If the proposed plan cost is above the allowable cap, an against vote is indicated. If the proposed cost is below the allowable cap, a vote for the plan is indicated unless the plan violates the repricing guidelines. If the company has a history of repricing options or has the express ability to reprice underwater stock options without first securing shareholder approval under the proposed plan, the plan receives an against vote—even in cases where the plan cost is considered acceptable based on the quantitative analysis. The Investment Manager votes against equity plans that have high average three year burn rates, unless the company has publicly committed to reduce the burn rate to a rate that is comparable to its peer group (as determined by the Investment Manager).
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans. The Investment Manager votes for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from limits on deductibility under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
Reload/Evergreen Features. The Investment Manager will generally vote against plans that enable the issuance of reload options and that provide an automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) feature.
Golden Parachutes. In general, the guidelines call for voting against “golden parachute” plans because they impede potential takeovers that shareholders should be free to consider. In particular, the Investment Manager opposes the use of employment contracts that result in cash grants of greater than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) and generally withholds its votes at the next shareholder meeting for directors whom to its knowledge approved golden parachutes.
A-8
Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale. The Investment Manager votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to approve the company’s golden parachute compensation. Features that may lead to a vote against include:
• |
Potentially excessive severance payments (cash grants of greater than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus)); |
• |
Recently adopted or materially amended agreements that include excessive excise tax gross-up provisions (since prior annual meeting); |
• |
Recently adopted or materially amended agreements that include modified single triggers (since prior annual meeting); |
• |
Single trigger payments that will happen immediately upon a change in control, including cash payment and such items as the acceleration of performance-based equity despite the failure to achieve performance measures; |
• |
Single-trigger vesting of equity based on a definition of change in control that requires only shareholder approval of the transaction (rather than consummation); |
• |
Recent amendments or other changes that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; |
• |
In the case of a substantial gross-up from pre-existing/grandfathered contract: the element that triggered the gross-up (i.e., option mega-grants at low point in stock price, unusual or outsized payments in cash or equity made or negotiated prior to the merger); or |
• |
The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote. |
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans. The Investment Manager votes for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans. The Investment Manager supports employee stock purchase plans, although the Investment Manager generally believes the discounted purchase price should be at least 85% of the current market price.
Option Expensing. The Investment Manager votes for shareholder proposals to expense fixed-price options.
Vesting. The Investment Manager believes that restricted stock awards normally should vest over at least a two-year period.
Option Repricing. The Investment Manager believes that stock options generally should not be re-priced, and never should be re-priced without shareholder approval. In addition, companies should not issue new options, with a lower strike price, to make up for previously issued options that are substantially underwater. The Investment Manager will vote against the election of any slate of directors that, to its knowledge, has authorized a company to re-price or replace underwater options during the most recent year without shareholder approval.
Stock Holding Periods. The Investment Manager generally votes against all proposals requiring executives to hold the stock received upon option exercise for a specific period of time.
Transferable Stock Options. The Investment Manager reviews on a case-by-case basis proposals to grant transferable stock options or otherwise permit the transfer of outstanding stock options, including cost of proposal and alignment with shareholder interests.
A-9
Recoup Bonuses. The Investment Manager votes on a case-by-case on shareholder proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation.
Incorporation
Reincorporation Outside of the United States. Generally, the Investment Manager will vote against companies looking to reincorporate outside of the U.S.
Voting on State Takeover Statutes. The Investment Manager reviews on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freeze out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions). In voting on these shareholder proposals, The Investment Manager evaluates all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal, including whether the shareholder proposing such measure has an agenda in making such proposal that may be at odds with the long-term best interests of the company or whether it would be in the best interests of the company to thwart a shareholder’s attempt to control the board of directors.
Voting on Reincorporation Proposals. Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation are examined on a case-by-case basis. In making its decision, the Investment Manager reviews management’s rationale for the proposal, changes to the charter/bylaws, and differences in the state laws governing the companies.
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
Mergers and Acquisitions. Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors including the following: anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium); prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights. The Investment Manager votes against proposals that require a super-majority of shareholders to approve a merger or other significant business combination. The Investment Manager supports proposals that seek to lower supermajority voting requirements.
Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger or Acquisition. Some companies have proposed a charter provision which specifies that the board of directors may examine the nonfinancial effect of a merger or acquisition on the company. This provision would allow the board to evaluate the impact a proposed change in control would have on employees, host communities, suppliers and/or others. The Investment Manager generally votes against proposals to adopt such charter provisions. The Investment Manager feels it is the directors’ fiduciary duty to base decisions solely on the financial interests of the shareholders.
Corporate Restructuring. Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeeze outs, leveraged buyouts, “going private” proposals, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales, should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Spin-offs. Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.
Asset Sales. Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.
Liquidations. Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
A-10
Appraisal Rights. The Investment Manager votes for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal. Rights of appraisal provide shareholders who are not satisfied with the terms of certain corporate transactions the right to demand a judicial review in order to determine a fair value for their shares.
Changing Corporate Name. The Investment Manager votes for changing the corporate name.
Shareholder Rights
The Investment Manager’s position on the rights of shareholders is as follows:
• |
Shareholders should be given the opportunity to exercise their rights. Notification of opportunities for the exercise of voting rights should be given in good time. |
• |
Shareholders are entitled to submit questions to company management. |
• |
Minority shareholders should be protected as far as possible from the exercise of voting rights by majority shareholders. |
• |
Shareholders are entitled to hold company management as well as the legal person or legal entity accountable for any action caused by the company or company management for which the company, company management or legal entity should bear responsibility. |
Environmental and Social Issues
The Investment Manager recognizes that the companies in which it invests can enhance shareholder value and long-term profitability by adopting policies and procedures that promote corporate social and environmental responsibility. Because of the diverse nature of environmental and social shareholder proposals and the myriad ways companies deal with them, these proposals should be considered on a case-by-case basis. All such proposals are scrutinized based on whether they contribute to the creation of shareholder value, are reasonable and relevant, and provide adequate disclosure of key issues to shareholders. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, the Investment Manager tends to focus on the financial aspects of the social and environmental proposals, and it considers the following factors (in the order of importance as set forth below):
• |
Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to have significant economic benefit for the company, such that shareholder value is enhanced or protected by the adoption of the proposal; |
• |
Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action, as many social and environmental issues are more properly the province of government and broad regulatory action; |
• |
Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board; |
• |
Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal; |
• |
Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings; |
• |
The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing; |
• |
Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives; |
• |
Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and |
• |
Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage. |
A-11
RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
The following is a description of certain ratings assigned by Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s rating categories applicable to fixed income securities.
MOODY’S LONG-TERM RATINGS
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa: |
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. |
Aa: |
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. |
A: |
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. |
Baa: |
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. |
Ba: |
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. |
B: |
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. |
Caa: |
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. |
Ca: |
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. |
C: |
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Corporate Short-Term Debt Ratings
Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations which have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months. Obligations relying upon support mechanisms such as letters of credit and bonds of indemnity are excluded unless explicitly rated.
B-1
Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1: | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations. |
P-2: | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations. |
P-3: | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. |
N-P: | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Short-Term Municipal Bond Ratings
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
MIG 1: | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing. | |
MIG 2: | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group. | |
MIG 3: | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established. | |
SG: | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection. |
In the case of variable-rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale, as shown in the diagram below, differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
VMIG 1: | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 2: | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 3: | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. |
B-2
SG: | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. |
S&P
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
• |
Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
• |
Nature of and provisions of the obligation; |
• |
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA: | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
AA: | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong. | |
A: | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong. | |
BBB: | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. | |
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions. | ||
BB: | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. | |
B: | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
B-3
CCC: | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. | |
CC: | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. | |
C: | A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par. | |
D: | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par. | |
Plus (+) or Minus (-): | The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories. | |
NR: | This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy. |
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1: | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong. | |
A-2: | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory. | |
A-3: | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. | |
B: | A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. | |
C: | A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
B-4
D: | A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. |
Active Qualifiers (currently applied and/or outstanding)
i: | This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNri” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated. | |
L: | Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits. | |
P: | This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNri” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated. | |
pi: | Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. | |
Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality. |
Preliminary: Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
• |
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. |
• |
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. |
• |
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). |
• |
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations. |
B-5
• |
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. |
• |
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating. |
t: | This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. |
Inactive Qualifiers (no longer applied or outstanding)
*: | This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998. | |
c: | This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001. | |
G: | The letter ‘G’ followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consists primarily of direct U.S. government securities. | |
pr: | The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk. | |
q: | A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001. | |
r: | The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002. | |
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings: Standard & Poor’s issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency. |
B-6
FITCH, INC.
A brief description of the applicable Fitch ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
Long-Term Credit Ratings
AAA: | Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. | |
AA: | Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. | |
A: | High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. | |
BBB: | Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. | |
BB: | Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments. | |
B: | Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment. | |
CCC: | Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
CC: | Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable. | |
C: | Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or (c) Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange. | |
RD: | Restricted Default: ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include: (a) the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; |
(b) the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; (c) the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or (d) execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
D. | Default: ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business. |
B-7
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.
The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.
Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.
RR1: |
Outstanding recovery prospects given default. “RR1” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest. | |
RR2: | Superior recovery prospects given default. “RR2” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest. | |
RR3: |
Good recovery prospects given default. “RR3” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest. | |
RR4: |
Average recovery prospects given default. “RR4” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest. | |
RR5: |
Below average recovery prospects given default. “RR5” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest. | |
RR6: | Poor recovery prospects given default. “RR6” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest. |
B-8
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1: | Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. | |
F2: | Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. | |
F3: | Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. | |
B: | Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. | |
C: | High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
RD: | Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only. | |
D: | Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. |
B-9
PRIVACY POLICY
FACTS |
WHAT DOES COHEN & STEERS DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION? |
|
Why? | Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do. | |
What? |
The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service you have with us. This information can include:
• Social Security number and account balances
• Transaction history and account transactions
• Purchase history and wire transfer instructions |
|
How? | All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business. In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reasons Cohen & Steers chooses to share; and whether you can limit this sharing. |
Reasons we can share your personal information |
Does Cohen &
|
Can you limit
|
||
For our everyday business purposes - such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or reports to credit bureaus |
Yes | No | ||
For our marketing purposes - to offer our products and services to you |
Yes | No | ||
For joint marketing with other financial companies | No | We don’t share | ||
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes - information about your transactions and experiences |
No | We don’t share | ||
For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes - information about your creditworthiness |
No | We don’t share | ||
For our affiliates to market to you | No | We don’t share | ||
For nonaffiliates to market to you | No | We don’t share |
Questions? | Call (800) 330-7348. | |
Who we are |
||
Who is providing this notice? | Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., Cohen & Steers Asia Limited, Cohen & Steers UK Limited, Cohen & Steers Europe SA, Cohen & Steers Securities, LLC, Cohen & Steers Private Funds, and Cohen & Steers Open and Closed-End Funds (collectively, “Cohen & Steers”). |
C-1
What we do |
||
How does Cohen & Steers protect my personal information? | To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings. We restrict access to your information to those employees who need it to perform their jobs, and also require companies that provide services on our behalf to protect your information. | |
How does Cohen & Steers collect my personal information? |
We collect your personal information, for example, when you
• Open an account or buy securities from us
• Provide account information or give us your contact information
• Make deposits or withdrawals from your account
We also collect your personal information from other companies. |
|
Why can’t I limit all sharing? |
Federal law gives you the right to limit only
• sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes—information about your creditworthiness
• affiliates from using your information to market to you
• sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you
State law and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing. |
|
Definitions | ||
Affiliates |
Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies.
• Cohen & Steers does not share with affiliates. |
|
Nonaffiliates |
Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies
• Cohen & Steers does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you. |
|
Joint marketing |
A formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you.
• Cohen & Steers does not jointly market. |
C-2
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
1. |
Financial Statements |
Part A—None
Part B—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – included in SAI
Statement of Assets and Liabilities – included in SAI
2. |
Exhibits |
* |
Filed herewith. |
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
(4) |
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, the Form of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Structuring and Syndication Fee Agreement, the Form of BofA Securities, Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement, the Form of UBS Securities LLC Structuring Fee Agreement and the Form of Fee Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(i), Exhibit (h)(ii), Exhibit (h)(iii), Exhibit (h)(iv), Exhibit (h)(v), Exhibit (h)(vi) and Exhibit (h)(vii), respectively, to this Registration Statement.
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offer described in this Registration Statement:
Registration and Filing Fees | $ | 157,000 | ||
FINRA Fees | 217,500 | |||
New York Stock Exchange Fees | 40,000 | |||
Costs of Printing and Engraving | 275,000 | |||
Accounting Fees and Expenses | 48,500 | |||
Legal Fees and Expenses | 395,000 | |||
Miscellaneous | 299,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total | $ | 1,432,000 | ||
|
|
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
None.
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
At October 26, 2020:
Title of Class |
Number of
Record Holders |
|||
Common Shares of Beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share |
1 |
Item 30. Indemnification
Maryland law permits a Maryland statutory trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting the liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust contains such a provision that limits present and former trustees’ and officers’ liability to the Registrant and its shareholders for money damages to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust obligates it to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to:
• |
any present or former trustee or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or |
• |
any individual who, while a trustee or officer of the Registrant and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, member or manager of another trust, corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. |
The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust also permits it, with Board approval, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of the Registrant or a predecessor of the Registrant.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, its Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and other Connections of Investment Adviser
This information, with respect to the Investment Manager, is set forth under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of this Registration Statement.
The following is a list of the directors and officers of the Investment Manager. Unless otherwise indicated, none of the persons listed below has had other business connections of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than as stated in the Prospectus forming Part A of this Registration Statement.
Name |
Title |
Other Business/Position Held/Dates |
||
Robert H. Steers | Chief Executive Officer, Director | * | ||
Joseph M. Harvey | President | * | ||
Adam M. Derechin |
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
* | ||
Matthew S. Stadler |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
* | ||
Frank C. Poli |
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer |
* | ||
Douglas R. Bond | Executive Vice President | * | ||
Jon Cheigh | Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer | * | ||
Daniel Charles | Executive Vice President | * | ||
William F. Scapell | Executive Vice President, Director of Fixed-Income Investments | * | ||
Thomas Bohjalian | Executive Vice President | * | ||
James Giallanza | Executive Vice President | * | ||
Michele Nolty | Executive Vice President | * | ||
David Edlin | Executive Vice President | * | ||
Gerios Rovers | Executive Director | * | ||
Benjamin Morton | Executive Vice President | * | ||
Matthew Pace | Executive Vice President | * | ||
Robert Becker | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Erin Berry | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Vincent Childers | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Leonard Geiger | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Marc Haynes | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Takeshi Itai | Senior Vice President | * | ||
William Leung | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Daniel Longmuir | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Parliman | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Mark Smith-Lyons | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Yigal Jhirad | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Henderson | Senior Vice President | * | ||
James McAdams | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Nicholas Koutsoftas | Senior Vice President | * |
Name |
Title |
Other Business/Position Held/Dates |
||
Elena Dulik | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer | * | ||
Benjamin Ross | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Rogier Quirijns | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Michael Penn | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Adam Johnson | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Dana A. DeVivo | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Matthew Karcic | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Deborah Benzel | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Kim Spellman | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Elaine Zaharis-Nikas | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Jason Yablon | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Anton Chan | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Charles Wenzel | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Stephen Kenneally | Senior Vice President, Executive Director | * | ||
Michelle Butler | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Neil Bloom | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Michael Loftus | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Kevin Lotti | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Ronald Pucillo | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Ted Valenti | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Emily Conte | Senior Vice President | * | ||
William Alstrin | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Brian Meta | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Rhine | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Amy Duling | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Brian Cordes | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Michael Gutch | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Austin Fagan | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Barrett | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Evan Serton | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Pascal Van Garderen | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Adam Collins | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Mary Ruth Newman | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Jeffrey Nye | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Andrew Humble | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Ken Nomakuchi | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Mary Humphrey | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Jason Johnson | Senior Vice President | * |
Name |
Title |
Other Business/Position Held/Dates |
||
Michael Nolan | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Alexander Sharfran | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Jason Williams | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Laurel Durkay | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Robert Demert | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Tyler Rosenlicht | Senior Vice President | * | ||
James Shields | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Albert Laskaj | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Michael Graveline | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Mathew Kirschner | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Jerome Dorost | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Brian Heller | Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary | * | ||
Stephen Murphy | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Paul Zettl | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Brandon Brown | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Kevin Rochefort | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Sharanya Mitchell | Senior Vice President | * | ||
Michael Hart | Vice President | * | ||
Humberto Medina | Vice President | * | ||
William Formosa | Vice President | * | ||
Janine Seto-Moy | Vice President | * | ||
Robert Kastoff | Vice President | * | ||
Leon Ko | Vice President | * | ||
Steve Lam | Vice President | * | ||
Michael McGarry | Vice President | * | ||
Stephan Quan | Vice President | * | ||
Michael Schell | Vice President | * | ||
Joseph Handelman | Vice President | * | ||
Ryan McLean | Vice President | * | ||
Danielle Brown | Vice President | * | ||
Margaret Mo | Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Gasta | Vice President | * | ||
Jacob Hagerty | Vice President | * | ||
Elizabeth Heisler | Vice President | * | ||
Kristen Choi | Vice President | * | ||
Thuy Quynh Dang | Vice President | * | ||
Dane Garrood | Vice President | * | ||
Matthew McAvoy | Vice President | * | ||
Damien Porras | Vice President | * | ||
Yue Zhang | Vice President | * |
Name |
Title |
Other Business/Position Held/Dates |
||
William Cheng | Vice President | * | ||
John Murphy | Vice President | * | ||
Jonathan Beshel | Vice President | * | ||
Lorraine Tutovic | Vice President | * | ||
Masami Kim | Vice President | * | ||
Mark Blake | Vice President | * | ||
Johnathan Brailey | Vice President | * | ||
Keith Caswell | Vice President | * | ||
Colleen Cleary | Vice President | * | ||
Grace Ding | Vice President | * | ||
Daniel Hafford | Vice President | * | ||
Raquel McLean | Vice President | * | ||
Jarrett Mellman | Vice President | * | ||
Bradley Sanderson | Vice President | * | ||
Daniel Tyshovnytsky | Vice President | * | ||
Jason Vinikoor | Vice President | * | ||
Christian Rusu | Vice President | * | ||
David Fossella | Vice President | * | ||
Eldar Radovici | Vice President | * | ||
Wincheng Lin | Vice President | * | ||
Marcel Miu | Vice President | * | ||
David Moonasar | Vice President | * | ||
Israel Mordowitz | Vice President | * | ||
Brian Casey | Vice President | * | ||
Jessen Fahey | Vice President | * | ||
Steven Grise | Vice President | * | ||
Shirley Lam | Vice President | * | ||
Bernie Menachery | Vice President | * | ||
Michele Meyer | Vice President | * | ||
Diana Noto | Vice President | * | ||
Alec Overby | Vice President | * | ||
Saagar Parikh | Vice President | * | ||
Anthony Puma | Vice President | * | ||
Hideya Sakai | Vice President | * | ||
Arun Sharma | Vice President | * | ||
Sarah Guinta | Vice President | * | ||
Brendan Walters | Vice President | * | ||
Jan Willem Van Kranenburg | Vice President | * | ||
Michiru Wisely | Vice President | * | ||
Dany Smith | Vice President | * |
Name |
Title |
Other Business/Position Held/Dates |
||
Regina Vaitzman | Vice President | * | ||
Myra Mercado | Vice President | * | ||
Matthew Darwin | Vice President | * | ||
Siyu Dong | Vice President | * | ||
Jiyang Zhang | Vice President | * | ||
Susan Barberi | Vice President | * | ||
Boris Royzen | Vice President | * | ||
Natalie Hedlund | Vice President | * | ||
Daniel Landers | Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Nelson | Vice President | * | ||
Pretash Nuculaj | Vice President | * | ||
Christopher Boland | Vice President | |||
David Driscoll | Vice President | * | ||
Celine Fung | Vice President | * | ||
Kristine Hernandez | Vice President | * | ||
Alexander Laskey | Vice President | * | ||
Ryan Medlock | Vice President | * | ||
Taylor Mizzi | Vice President | * | ||
Charlotte Villa | Vice President | * | ||
Kelly Lam | Vice President | * |
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The majority of the accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules thereunder will be maintained as follows: journals, ledgers, securities records and other original records will be maintained principally at the offices of the Registrant’s Sub-Administrator and Custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. All other records so required to be maintained will be maintained at the offices of Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
Item 33. Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 34. Undertakings
(1) Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if, subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) Not applicable.
(4) Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(a) for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(5) Not applicable.
(6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(7) Registrant undertakes to send by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, State of New York, on the 26th day of October, 2020.
COHEN & STEERS TAX-ADVANTAGED PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND | ||
By: |
/s/ Adam M. Derechin |
|
Adam M. Derechin | ||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
SIGNATURE |
TITLE |
DATE |
||||
By: |
/s/ Adam M. Derechin |
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
October 26, 2020 | |||
(ADAM M. DERECHIN) | ||||||
By: |
/s/ James Giallanza |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
October 26, 2020 | |||
(JAMES GIALLANZA) | ||||||
* (ROBERT H. STEERS) |
Chairman and Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (JOSEPH M. HARVEY) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (MICHAEL G. CLARK) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (GEORGE GROSSMAN) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (DEAN A. JUNKANS) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (GERALD J. MAGINNIS) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (JANE F. MAGPIONG) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (DAPHNE L. RICHARDS) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
* (C. EDWARD WARD, JR.) |
Trustee | October 26, 2020 | ||||
*By: |
/s/ Dana A. DeVivo |
October 26, 2020 | ||||
Dana A. DeVivo ATTORNEY-IN-FACT |
Index of Exhibits
Exhibit (h)(ii)
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
December 4, 2019
This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “Master AAU”), dated as of December 4, 2019, is by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley,” or “we”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “Underwriter,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “you”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “Offering”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “Wire,” and collectively, an “AAU”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “Invitation Wire.” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:
I. GENERAL
1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction. Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “Securities”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “Issuer”) and any guarantor (each, a “Guarantor”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “Seller”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “Underwriting Agreement”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “Underwriters”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Securities (as defined below), or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “International Offering”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “Purchase Price”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “Offering Price”), any selling concession to dealers (the “Selling Concession”), reallowance (the “Reallowance”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “Fees and Commissions”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“Pricing Date”) and settlement date (the “Settlement Date”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such
Offering (the “Co-Managers”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “Trustee”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “Indenture”) under which such Securities will be issued.
“Manager” means Morgan Stanley, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “Representative” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “Underwriters” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “Firm Securities” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “Additional Securities” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Securities. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “Original Underwriting Obligation” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “Underwriting Percentage” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors. 1
References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.
1.2. Acceptance of AAU. You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “In Writing”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive
1 |
Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision (See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation, U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished). |
3
and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire. Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.
II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS
2.1. Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “Registered Offering”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “Registration Statement” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “Prospectus” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “Prospectus” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “Preliminary Prospectus” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “Preliminary Prospectus” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “Free Writing Prospectus” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “Registration Statement,” “Prospectus,” “Preliminary Prospectus,” and “Free Writing Prospectus” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “Registration Statement” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “Prospectus” and “Preliminary Prospectus” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and
4
Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.
As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ABS Underwriter Derived Information” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “Securities Offering Reform Release”).
2.2. Non-Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “Offering Circular” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “Preliminary Offering Circular” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “Offering Circular” and “Preliminary Offering Circular” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).
2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements. You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “Intersyndicate Agreement”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.
III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY
3.1. Terms of Offering. You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “Underwriters’ Securities”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “Contract Securities”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to,
5
change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.
3.2. Offering Date. The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “Offering Date.”
6
3.3. Communications. Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. You will abide by any restrictions in the Underwriting Agreement relating to any general solicitation, announcement, advertising, or publicity in addition to the restrictions in this Section 3.3. Further, if the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering that would be inconsistent with such exemption. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.10, 10.11 and 10.12 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:
(i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,
(ii) (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however, that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “Issuer Information” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“Supplemental Materials”),
(iii) any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,
(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,
(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the
7
Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data2 that is not “Issuer Information” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,
(vi) any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on either Section 5(d) of, or Rule 163B under, the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”), so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“QIBs”) or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the 1933 Act (“IAIs”), and you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, or (B) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that you reasonably believe are QIBs or IAIs, and you otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 163B under the 1933 Act, and
(vii) any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “Manager-Approved Communication”).
3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales. You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
2 |
Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk. |
8
3.5. Sales to Dealers. You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “Dealer” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “Bank”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
3.6. Direct Sales. The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.
3.7. Release of Unsold Securities. From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.
3.8. International Offerings. In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “Other Securities”).
9
IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS
4.1. Arrangements for Sales. Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.
4.2. Excess Sales. If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.
V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES
5.1. Facilitation of Distribution. In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or
10
sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account (i.e., “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any option to purchase Additional Securities, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“Regulation M”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 of the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.
5.2. Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager. If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
5.3. Compliance with Regulation M. You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.
11
5.4. Standby Underwritings. You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided, however, that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.
VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT
You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if
12
any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
VII. EXPENSES
7.1. Management Fee. You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.
7.2. Offering Expenses. You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.
VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS
8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges. You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.
13
8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities. Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.
8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes. The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.
IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT
9.1. Termination. Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.
9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts. Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and
14
paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.12 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.
9.3. Certain Other Expenses. You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “Action”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent
15
that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.
9.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “Indemnified Party”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “Losses”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “Litigation”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “Written Research Report”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they
16
are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.
Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “QIU”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.
For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.
9.5. Contribution. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
17
furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided, further, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “Contributing Underwriters”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.
In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.
For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.
18
9.6. Separate Counsel. If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“Syndicate Counsel”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.
9.7. Settlement of Actions. Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided, however, that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of
19
either (x), (y), or (z), the “Judgment Credit”);3 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.
9.8. Survival. Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.
9.9. Replacement of Manager. If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “Manager” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 4
Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.
3 |
Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were 2 Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled. |
4 |
Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this agreement. |
20
In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 5
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.
9.10. Notice. When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.
X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS
10.1. Knowledge of Offering. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.
10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information. You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
5 |
Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this MAAU. |
21
10.3. Name; Address. Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.
10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements. You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.
10.5. FINRA Requirements. (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.
(i) If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).
(ii) If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities, to the extent that you are acting as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you also agree to comply with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA.
(iii) If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of
22
FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, FINRA Rule 2040) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.
(B) With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “Returned Securities”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co-Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “Designated Syndicate Agent”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.
10.6. FATCA Certification. If you are a Foreign Financial Institution (“FFI”) as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA (as defined below) (including a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank), you represent that you are not, and have not been identified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as, a nonparticipating FFI as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA. Unless otherwise agreed, promptly following your acceptance of an AAU for an Offering, but not later than such Offering’s Pricing Date, you will provide us such documents (including an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or an IRS Form W-8BEN if the instructions to the IRS Form W-8BEN-E have not been released) as may be necessary to confirm that no tax is required to be withheld under FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are required to make any deduction or withholding pursuant to or on account of FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not so deduct or withhold and a liability resulting from such failure to withhold or deduct is assessed directly against us, then you will indemnify us therefor (without duplication of any applicable indemnification obligation, and without triggering any contribution obligation of any other Underwriter, with respect thereto under Article IX hereof) and promptly pay us the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest and penalties). “FATCA” means sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into thereunder, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.
10.7. Further State Notice. The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.
23
10.8. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8. In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.
10.9. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.
10.10. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.
It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
10.11. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.
10.12. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters. Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.
24
10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence. By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Morgan Stanley and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.
XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS
11.1. Effect of Termination. If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.
11.2. Sharing of Liability. If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.
11.3. Arrangements for Purchases. The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
XII. MISCELLANEOUS
12.1. Obligations Several. Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the IRS.
12.2. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.
25
12.3. Termination of Master AAU. This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.
12.4. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.
(i) In the event that any party that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such party of this Master AAU and each AAU, and any interest and obligation in or under this Master AAU and each AAU, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Master AAU and each AAU, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
(ii) In the event that any party that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Master AAU or any AAU that may be exercised against such party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Master AAU and such AAU were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
For purposes of this Section 12.4, a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
12.5. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
26
any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Master AAU and each AAU or the transactions contemplated thereby.
12.6. Amendments. This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.
12.7. Notices. Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.
12.8. Severability. In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
12.9. Counterparts. This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||||||||
By: |
||||||||
Name: |
||||||||
Title: |
||||||||
(Authorized Officer) |
||||||||
Confirmed and accepted
as of _________, 20__
________________________________
27
(Legal Name of Underwriter) | ||
|
||
(Address) |
By: |
Name: |
|
Title: |
|
|
(Authorized Officer) |
(If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please
attach instrument of authorization)
28
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
Term |
Section Reference | |||
1933 Act |
1.1 | |||
1934 Act |
3.5 | |||
AAU |
Foreword | |||
ABS Underwriter Derived Information |
2.1 | |||
Action |
9.3 | |||
Additional Securities |
1.1 | |||
Bank |
3.5 | |||
BHC Act Affiliate |
12.4 | |||
Code |
10.6 | |||
Co-Managers |
1.1 | |||
Commission |
2.1 | |||
Contract Securities |
3.1 | |||
Contributing Underwriters |
9.5 | |||
Covered Entity |
12.4 | |||
Dealer |
3.5 | |||
Default Right |
12.4 | |||
Designated Syndicate Agent |
10.5 | |||
DTC |
5.2 | |||
FATCA |
10.6 | |||
Fees and Commissions |
1.1 | |||
FFI |
10.6 | |||
FINRA |
3.1 | |||
Firm Securities |
1.1 | |||
Free Writing Prospectus |
2.1 | |||
Guarantor |
1.1 | |||
In Writing |
1.2 | |||
Indemnified Party |
9.4 | |||
Indenture |
1.1 | |||
International Offering |
1.1 | |||
Intersyndicate Agreement |
2.3 | |||
Invitation Wire |
Foreword | |||
IRS |
10.6 | |||
Issuer |
1.1 | |||
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus |
3.3 | |||
Issuer Information |
3.3 | |||
Judgment Credit |
9.7 | |||
Litigation |
9.4 | |||
Losses |
9.4 | |||
Manager |
1.1 | |||
Manager Approved Communication |
3.3 | |||
Master AAU |
Foreword | |||
Offering |
Foreword | |||
Offering Circular |
2.2 | |||
Offering Date |
3.2 |
29
Offering Price |
1.1 | |||
Original Underwriting Obligation |
1.1 | |||
Preliminary Offering Circular |
2.2 | |||
Preliminary Prospectus |
2.1 | |||
Pricing Date |
1.1 | |||
Proceeding |
12.4 | |||
Prospectus |
2.1 | |||
Purchase Price |
1.1 | |||
QIU |
9.4 | |||
Reallowance |
1.1 | |||
Registered Offering |
2.1 | |||
Registration Statement |
2.1 | |||
Regulation M |
5.1 | |||
Representative |
1.1 | |||
Returned Securities |
10.5 | |||
Securities |
1.1 | |||
Securities Offering Reform Release |
2.1 | |||
Seller |
1.1 | |||
Selling Concession |
1.1 | |||
Settlement Date |
1.1 | |||
Supplemental Materials |
3.3 | |||
Syndicate Counsel |
9.6 | |||
Trustee |
1.1 | |||
Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus |
3.3 | |||
Underwriters |
1.1 | |||
Underwriters’ Securities |
3.1 | |||
Underwriting Agreement |
1.1 | |||
Underwriting Percentage |
1.1 | |||
U.S. Special Resolution Regime |
12.4 | |||
Wire |
Foreword | |||
Written Research Report |
9.4 | |||
Written Testing-the-Waters Communication |
3.3 |
30
EXHIBIT A
UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE
In connection with each Offering governed by the Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated December 4, 2019, except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“Master AAU”) or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:
(a) neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;
(b) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;
(c) other than as may be stated in the Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated December 4, 2019, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;
(d) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;
(e) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;
(f) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;
(g) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term “control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s “associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its “affiliates” and its “associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding “common equity”, “preferred equity” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;
(h) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer
2
Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;
(i) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;
(j) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and
(k) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.
If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Attention: Syndicate Department, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036.
3
Exhibit (h)(iii)
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
December 4, 2019
This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “Master SDA”), dated as of December 4, 2019, is by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“we,” “our,” “us” or the “Manager”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “Dealer,” “you” or “your”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “Offering”) of securities (the “Securities”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co-managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).
References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:
1. Applicability of this Master SDA. The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 11 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “Selling Concession”), and reallowance, if any (the “Reallowance”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “Selected Dealers”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “Underwriters”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.
2. Terms of the Offering. We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “Wire”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “Offering Price”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 20 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written
communication (any such communication being deemed “In Writing”) to any such Wire or other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.
Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.
3. Offering Documents. Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “Issuer”) and any guarantor (each, a “Guarantor”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “Seller”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.
4. Offering of Securities.
(a) In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price
2
not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and institutions set forth in Section 11 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers who are domestic banks which are not members of FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to domestic banks set forth in Section 11 hereof.
(b) No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.
5. Payment and Delivery. You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
6. Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids. We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or
3
the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
7. Termination.
(a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 16 and (iv) Section 17 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “offering provisions”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.
(b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.
8. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Master SDA:
(a) In the event that any party that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such party of this Master SDA, and any interest and obligation in or under this Master SDA, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Master SDA, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
4
(b) In the event that any party that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Master SDA that may be exercised against such party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Master SDA were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
For purposes of this Section 8, a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
9. Amendments. This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.
10. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers. We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
5
In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.
11. FINRA Compliance. You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “non-member non-U.S. dealer”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “Bank”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definitions of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.
You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:
(i) if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);
(ii) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)), (y) in making any offers or sales of the Securities, to the extent that you are acting as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;
(iii) if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from
6
the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, FINRA Rule 2040) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;
(iv) in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and related interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and
(v) you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 11 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.
12. Blue Sky Matters. Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.
13. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.
14. Successors and Assigns. This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.
15. Compliance with Law. You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 3 and 17 hereof.
7
16. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.
17. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
18. Prohibition on Money Laundering. The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.
19. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.
20. Notices. Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.
21. Severability. In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
22. Counterparts. This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
8
Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 9 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 3 and Section 17 hereof.
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
(Signature page follows)
9
This Master SDA is dated as of December 4, 2019, and executed by and between Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and other party named below.
Very truly yours, | ||
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Confirmed as of (date): |
||
CONFIRMED: , 20 |
||
(Legal Name of Selected Dealer) |
||
By: |
||
Name: |
||
Title: |
Address:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:
Master Selected Dealers Agreement
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
Term |
Section Reference |
|
1933 Act | 1 | |
1934 Act | 3 | |
Bank | 11 | |
BHC Act Affiliate | 8 | |
Covered Entity | 8 | |
Dealer | Foreword | |
Default Right | 8 | |
DTC | 5 | |
FINRA | 4(a) | |
Guarantor | 3 | |
In Writing | 2 | |
Issuer | 3 | |
Manager | Foreword | |
Master SDA | Foreword | |
Money Laundering Laws | 18 | |
non-member non-U.S. dealer | 11 | |
Offering | Foreword | |
Offering Price | 2 | |
offering provisions | 7(a) | |
Proceeding | 13 | |
Reallowance | 1 | |
SEC | 11 | |
Securities | 1 | |
Selected Dealers | 1 | |
Seller | 3 | |
Selling Concession | 1 | |
Underwriters | 1 | |
U.S. Special Resolution Regime | 8 | |
Wire | 2 |
11
Exhibit (h)(iv)
STRUCTURING AND SYNDICATION FEE AGREEMENT
October , 2020
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This agreement is between Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Company”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) with respect to Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”).
1. Fee. (a) In consideration of advice to the Company relating to, but not limited to, the design and structuring of, and marketing assistance with respect to, the Fund and the distribution of shares of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), and syndication assistance with respect to the Fund and the distribution of the Shares, including without limitation, views from an investor market, distribution and syndication perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the proportion of the Fund’s assets to invest in the Fund’s strategies and (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Fund’s initial public offering of its Shares (the “Offering”), (v) securing syndicate participants for the Offering, (vi) preparation of marketing and diligence materials for underwriters, (vii) conveying information and market updates to syndicate members and (viii) coordinating syndicate orders during the Offering, the Company shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley calculated at (A) % of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), and (B) % of the aggregate price to the public of Shares sold in the Offering by any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “Other Broker”), other than , (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), equal to (the “Fee”).
- 1 -
(b) Subject to paragraph (c), the Fee paid to Morgan Stanley shall not exceed % of the total price to the public of the Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised). In the event the Offering does not proceed, Morgan Stanley will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Morgan Stanley pursuant to the terms of the principal underwriting agreement relating to the Offering (the “Underwriting Agreement”).
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), in the event that the Company (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with the Company, the Fund or any sub-adviser to the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any Other Broker for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), whether such compensation be denominated a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “Other Compensation”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to Morgan Stanley hereunder, expressed as both a dollar amount and a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as both a dollar amount and a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by such Other Broker in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised).
(d) The Company shall pay the Fee to Morgan Stanley on the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (provided that the Company receives an invoice from Morgan Stanley three (3) business days prior to such closing), by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley using the following wire instructions:
Bank:
Account:
Account #:
ABA #:
Attention:
Ref:
Please notify “fidfinalsettle@morganstanley.com” when the wire is sent.
(e) The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the services described above.
- 2 -
2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Sections 3 and 4.
3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
4. Confidential Advice. None of any advice rendered by Morgan Stanley to the Company or any communication from Morgan Stanley in connection with the services performed by Morgan Stanley pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except (i) the Company may disclose the foregoing to any regulatory authority in response to a regulatory proceeding, process, inquiry or request, so long as the Company gives Morgan Stanley prompt notice, as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, thereof unless in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able to do so, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by law, judicial process or applicable regulation (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) as to form and substance by, Morgan Stanley and its counsel, unless in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s counsel it is not legally able to so consult) and (iii) on a confidential need-to-know basis, to the Fund and its officers and trustees and their legal counsel, auditors and other advisors. This confidentiality provision will terminate eighteen months from the date first written above.
5. Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Company’s engagement of Morgan Stanley is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against Morgan Stanley or its affiliates, or their respective trustees, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns.
- 3 -
6. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.
7. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
9. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 11 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT
- 4 -
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.
11. Notices. All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Company:
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc.
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: General Counsel
or if to Morgan Stanley:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit by certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile or other electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.
12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
- 5 -
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
Very truly yours, | ||
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written: | ||
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Morgan Stanley Structuring and Syndication Fee Agreement]
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
October , 2020
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring and Syndication Fee Agreement dated October , 2020 between the Company and Morgan Stanley (the “Fee Agreement”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Fee Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Fee Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, trustees, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “Activities”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any presentation given by the Company and an Indemnified Person relating to the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”) of Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred and documented in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person.
- 7 -
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such Proceeding in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the initial public offering of the Shares of the Fund (the “Offering”); provided, however, that the Company shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.
The Company will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such Proceeding. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “Indemnification Agreement”) will, without the Company’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Proceeding.
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company (including the net proceeds from the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering before deducting expenses) and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its equity holders or affiliates, as the case
- 8 -
may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand.
This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Indemnified Persons with respect to the fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Fee Agreement.
The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering and the services performed pursuant to the Fee Agreement: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arm’s length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Company, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and the Fee Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Company may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the Offering or the services performed pursuant to the Fee Agreement.
The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Fee Agreement.
This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Indemnification Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate
- 9 -
courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 11 of the Fee Agreement shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
- 10 -
Very truly yours, | ||
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written: | ||
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Morgan Stanley Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit (h)(v)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of October , 2020 by and between BofA Securities, Inc. (collectively with its affiliates, “BofA Securities”) and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Investment Manager”).
WHEREAS, Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
WHEREAS, the Fund and the Investment Manager have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated October , 2020 with BofA Securities and the other underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”);
WHEREAS, the Investment Manager is the investment adviser of the Fund;
WHEREAS, BofA Securities is acting as a lead underwriter in an offering of the Common Shares (the “Offering”); and
WHEREAS, the Investment Manager desires to provide a structuring fee to BofA Securities for providing the advice and services described below;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. |
In consideration of BofA Securities’s providing advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Common Shares (the “Offering”), the Investment Manager shall pay BofA Securities a fee equal to $ (the “Fee”). Within three (3) business days following receipt by the Investment Manager of an invoice from BofA Securities in proper form, the fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of BofA Securities using the following wire instructions: |
Bank ABA:
Bank Name:
Account Number:
Account Name:
Ref: for final credit:
Attn:
2. |
Notwithstanding Paragraph 1, in the event that the Investment Manager (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with the Investment Manager or the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “Other Broker”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Common Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), whether such compensation be denominated as a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “Other Compensation”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to BofA Securities hereunder, expressed as a |
- 1 -
percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by BofA Securities in the Offering (including any common shares over-allotted by BofA Securities in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering (including any Common Shares over-allotted by such Other Broker in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised). This Paragraph 2 will not apply to any Other Compensation paid to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, who is designated as the lead manager in the Offering. |
3. |
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting BofA Securities or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers). |
4. |
The Investment Manager acknowledges that BofA Securities did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of BofA Securities, and BofA Securities is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. |
5. |
This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Paragraph 1 hereof. BofA Securities confirms that should the Offering be terminated, BofA Securities will only be reimbursed for reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5). |
6. |
The Investment Manager has furnished BofA Securities with such information as BofA Securities believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). The Investment Manager recognizes and confirms that BofA Securities (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of the Investment Manager’s knowledge, the Information furnished by the Investment Manager, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Investment Manager will promptly notify BofA Securities if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to BofA Securities pursuant to this Paragraph 6. |
7. |
It is understood that BofA Securities is being engaged thereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Investment Manager and that BofA Securities is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived. |
8. |
The Investment Manager agrees that BofA Securities shall have no liability to the Investment Manager or the Fund for any act or omission to act by BofA Securities in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of BofA Securities. The Investment Manager agrees to the indemnification provisions and other terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement. |
- 2 -
9. |
This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. |
10. |
No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Investment Manager and BofA Securities consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of BofA Securities and the Investment Manager waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of BofA Securities and the Investment Manager agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which BofA Securities or the Investment Manager, respectively, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment. |
11. |
This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. |
12. |
This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both BofA Securities and the Investment Manager. |
13. |
All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Investment Manager: |
Cohen & Steers
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attn: FundLegalGroup@cohenandsteers.com
or if to BofA Securities:
BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal Department
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile or electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.
- 3 -
14. |
This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. |
[Signatures on following page]
- 4 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
BOFA SECURITIES, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to BofA Securities SFA]
October , 2020
BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the engagement of BofA Securities, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively, “BofA Securities”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated October , 2020 among the Company and BofA Securities (the “Agreement”), in the event that BofA Securities becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to, arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in conncetion with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold BofA Securities harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to, arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in conncetion with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA Securities. In addition, in the event that BofA Securities becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in connection with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse BofA Securities for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by BofA Securities in connection therewith. As promptly as is reasonably practicable after receipt by BofA Securities of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, BofA Securities will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to BofA Securities shall be selected by BofA Securities. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of BofA Securities) also be counsel to BofA Securities. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of BofA Securities, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not BofA Securities is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of BofA Securities from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation or Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of BofA Securities.
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and BofA Securities, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable,
- 6 -
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and BofA Securities, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, BofA Securities shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that BofA Securities was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and BofA Securities, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its members or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the Agreement bears to the fees paid to BofA Securities under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that BofA Securities is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by BofA Securities pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to Information (as defined in the Agreement) provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its members, employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by BofA Securities, on the other hand.
The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not BofA Securities is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without BofA Securities’s prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, BofA Securities shall include BofA Securities, Inc., any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling BofA Securities, Inc. or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
The Company agrees that neither BofA Securities nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either BofA Securities’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA Securities in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement shall be read or construed to limit any liability or obligations of any party arising under or in connection with the Underwriting Agreement (as defined in the Agreement).
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND BOFA SECURITIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN
- 7 -
WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST BOFA SECURITIES OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF BOFA SECURITIES AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
- 8 -
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
Very truly yours, | ||
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written: | ||
BOFA SECURITIES, INC. | ||
By | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to BofA Securities Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit (h)(vi)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
October , 2020
UBS Securities LLC
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to the Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement, dated October , 2020, by and among the Fund, the Company and each of the underwriters named in Schedule I thereto.
1. Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring, designing and organizing the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the shares of Securities of the Fund (the “Offering”), it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Company, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $ (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid within three (3) business days following receipt by the Company of an invoice from UBS in proper form. In the event the Offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of UBS using the following wire instructions:
Bank:
ABA #:
Account:
Account #:
2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
- 1 -
4. Confidential Advice. Except to the extent (i) legally required (after consultation with, and approval as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel) or (ii) disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as of the date hereof, none of (a) the name of UBS, (b) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (c) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS, each in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement, will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (b) and (c), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its agents without UBS’ prior written consent.
5. Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Company contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Omitting Prospectus, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.
6. Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an adviser to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS pursuant to this Agreement is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement under this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company.
7. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
9. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
- 2 -
10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.
11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other similar electronic transmission (such as e-mail) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 3 -
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Agreed and Accepted: | ||
UBS SECURITIES LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature page to Structuring Fee Agreement]
Indemnification Agreement
October , 2020
UBS Securities LLC
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated October , 2020, between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to, arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in connection with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to, arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in connection with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to, arising out of or referred to in the Agreement or in connection with, relating to or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith. As promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its
- 1 -
shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its shareholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the matters (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided that, in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an indemnified party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such indemnified party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL
- 2 -
JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed (electronic signatures being sufficient) in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 3 -
Very truly yours, | ||
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Agreed and Accepted: | ||
UBS SECURITIES LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit (h)(vii)
FEE AGREEMENT
October [ ], 2020
[BANK NAME]
[BANK ADDRESS]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated October [ ], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “Fund”), Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Company”) and each of the underwriters named in Schedule I thereto, with respect to the issue and sale (the “Offering”) of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
1. Fee. In consideration of your services relating to the distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, which services may be completed by your affiliate in your sole discretion, the Company shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). Within three (3) business days following receipt by the Company of an invoice from [BANK NAME], the Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of [BANK NAME], using the following wire instructions:
Bank Name: [ ]
ABA#: [ ]
Beneficiary Name: [ ]
Beneficiary account#: [ ]
The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the services described above. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof. If this Agreement is terminated, the Company shall reimburse only for your accountable out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5).
3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold you harmless in connection with any claim in connection with, arising out of or related to this Agreement. The terms of that indemnification and other agreements are set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
- 1 -
4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Company acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Company agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Company on related or other matters).
5. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Company may pay compensation of any kind to any other person for services the same as, or similar to, the services provided by you hereunder.
6. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
7. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended, otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
8. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
9. Complete Agreement. This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.
- 2 -
10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 3 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Agreed and Accepted: | ||
[BANK NAME] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[[Bank Name] Fee Agreement]
Indemnification Agreement
October [ ], 2020
[BANK NAME]
[BANK ADDRESS]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the engagement of [BANK NAME] (the “Bank”) to advise and assist the undersigned, Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (the “Company”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Fee Agreement dated October [ ], 2020 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with, relating to or arising out of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonably incurred fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, in connection with any such Proceeding, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any such Proceeding, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith; provided that in any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to select counsel, except that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Company shall bear the fees, costs and expenses as reasonably incurred of such separate counsel (and local counsel) only if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnified Party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include both the Indemnified Party and the Company and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Parties which are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company.
Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but
- 5 -
the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder when the Company is an actual named party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its members or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
- 6 -
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including reasonably incurred fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 7 -
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
Very truly yours, | ||
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. |
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
Agreed and Accepted: | ||
[BANK NAME] |
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
[[Bank Name] Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit (l)
October 26, 2020
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
280 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Re: |
Registration Statement on Form N-2: |
1933 Act File No. 333-234772 |
1940 Act File No. 811-23493 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have served as Maryland counsel to Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund, a Maryland statutory trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the offering and sale of common shares (the “Shares”) of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Company, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the 1940 Act.
In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):
1. The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein, substantially in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;
2. The Certificate of Trust of the Company, certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);
3. The Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
4. The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
5. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
October 26, 2020
Page 2
6. Resolutions (the “Resolutions”) adopted by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Company relating to the filing of the Registration Statement and the issuance of the Shares, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
7. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and
8. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.
In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.
2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.
4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all such Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:
1. The Company is a statutory trust duly formed and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.
Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund
October 26, 2020
Page 3
2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and any other resolutions relating to the Shares adopted by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any federal law or the laws of any other jurisdiction. We express no opinion as to compliance with the 1940 Act or other federal securities laws, or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland. To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter.
The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.
This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Venable LLP
Exhibit (n)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated September 24, 2020, relating to the statement of assets and liabilities of Cohen & Steers Tax-Advantaged Preferred Securities and Income Fund, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Counsel and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
October 26, 2020